HOME
Click
Here.......Class X Punjabi
Click
Here.......Class X Other Subjects
Mole concept 5c
Chapter 5 - Mole
Concept And Stoichiometry Exercise Ex. 5C
Question 1
Give three kinds of information conveyed by the formula H2O.
Solution 1
Information conveyed by H2O
(1)That H2O contains 2 volumes of hydrogen and 1
volume of oxygen.
(2)That ratio by weight of hydrogen and oxygen is 1:8.
(3)That molecular weight of H2O is 18g.
Question 2
Explain the terms empirical formula and molecular formula.
Solution 2
The empirical formula is the simplest formula, which gives
the simplest ratio in whole numbers of atoms of different
elements present in one molecule of the compound.
The molecular formula of a compound denotes the actual
number of atoms of different elements present in one
molecule of a compound.
Question 3
Give the empirical formula of:
(a) C6H6 (b) C6H12O6
(c) C2H2 (d) CH3COOH
Solution 3
(a) CH (b) CH2O (c) CH (d) CH2O
Question 4
Find the percentage
of water of crystallisation in
CuSO4.5H2O. (At. Mass Cu = 64, H = 1,
O = 16, S = 32)
Solution 4
Question 5
Calculate the percentage of phosphorus in
(a) Calcium hydrogen phosphate Ca(H2PO4)2
(b) Calcium phosphate Ca3(PO4)2
Solution 5
(a) Molecular mass of Ca(H2PO4)2
= 234
So, % of P = 2
31
100/234
= 26.5%
(b) Molecular mass of Ca3(PO4)2
= 310
% of P = 2
31
100/310
= 20%
Question 6
Calculate the percent composition of Potassium chlorate KClO3.
Solution 6
Molecular mass of KClO3 = 122.5 g
% of K = 39 /122.5 = 31.8%
% of Cl = 35.5/122.5 = 28.98%
% of O = 3
16/122.5
= 39.18%
Question 7
Find the empirical formula of the compounds with the
following percentage composition:
Pb = 62.5%, N = 8.5%, O = 29.0%
Solution 7
Element % At. mass Atomic ratio Simple ratio
Pb 62.5 207
1
N 8.5 14
2
O 29.0 16
6
So, Pb(NO3)2 is the empirical formula.
Question 8
Calculate the mass of iron in 10 kg of iron ore which
contains 80% of pure ferric oxide.
Solution 8
In Fe2O3 , Fe = 56 and O = 16
Molecular mass of Fe2O3 = 2
56
+ 3
16
= 160 g
Iron present in 80% of Fe2O3 =
So, mass of iron in 100 g of ore = 56 g
mass
of Fe in 10000 g of ore = 56
10000/100
= 5.6 kg
Question 9
If the empirical formula of two
compounds is CH and their Vapour densities are 13 to 39
respectively, find their molecular formula.
Solution 9
For acetylene , molecular mass = 2
V.D
= 2
13
= 26 g
The empirical mass = 12(C) + 1(H) = 13 g
n =
Molecular formula of acetylene= 2
Empirical
formula =C2H2
Similarly, for benzene molecular mass= 2
V.D
= 2
39
= 78
n = 78/13=6
So, the molecular formula = C6H6
Question 10
Find the empirical formula of a compound containing 17.7%
hydrogen and 82.3% nitrogen.
Solution 10
Element % At. mass Atomic ratio Simple ratio
H 17.7 1
N 82.3 14
So, the empirical formula = NH3
Question 11
On analysis, a substance was found to contain
C = 54.54%, H = 9.09%, O = 36.36%
The vapour density of the substance is 44,calculate;
(a) its empirical formula, and
(b) its molecular formula
Solution 11
Element % at. mass atomic ratio simple ratio
C 54.54 12
2
H 9.09 1
4
O 36.36 16
1
(a) So, its empirical formula = C2H4O
(b) empirical formula mass = 44
Since, vapour density = 44
So, molecular mass = 2
V.D
= 88
Or n = 2
so, molecular formula = (C2H4O)2
= C4H8O2
Question 12
An organic compound ,whose vapour density is 45, has the
following percentage composition
H=2.22%, O = 71.19% and remaining carbon. Calculate ,
(a) its empirical formula, and
(b) its molecular formula
Solution 12
Element % at. mass atomic ratio simple ratio
C 26.59 12
1
H 2.22 1
1
O 71.19 16
2
(a) its empirical formula = CHO2
(b) empirical formula mass = 45
Vapour density = 45
So, molecular mass = V.D
2
= 90
so, molecular formula = C2H2O4
Question 13
An organic compound contains H = 4.07%, Cl = 71.65% chlorine
and remaining carbon. Its molar mass = 98.96. Find,
(a) Empirical formula, and
(b) Molecular formula
Solution 13
Element%at. massatomic ratiosimple ratio
Cl71.6535.51
H4.0712
C24.28121
(a) its empirical formula = CH2Cl
(b) empirical formula mass = 49.5
Since, molecular mass = 98.96
so, molecular formula = (CH2Cl)2 = C2H4Cl2
Question 14
A hydrocarbon contains 4.8g of carbon per gram of hydrogen.
Calculate
(a) the g atom of each
(b) find the empirical formula
(c) Find molecular formula, if its vapour density is 29.
Solution 14
(a) The g atom of carbon = 4.8/12 = 0.4 and g atom of
hydrogen = 1/1=1
(b) Element Given mass At. mass Gram atom Ratio
C 4.8 12 0.4 1 2
H 1 1 1 2.5 5
So, the empirical formula = C2H5
(c) Empirical formula mass = 29
Molecular mass = V.D
2
= 29
2
= 58
So, molecular formula = C4H10
Question 15
0.2 g atom of silicon Combine with 21.3 g of chlorine. Find
the empirical formula of the compound formed.
Solution 15
Since, g atom of Si = given mass/mol. Mass
so, given mass = 0.2
28
= 5.6 g
ElementmassAt. massGram atomRatio
Si5.6280.21
Cl21.335.53
Empirical formula = SiCl3
Question 16
A gaseous
hydrocarbon contains 82.76% of carbon. Given that its
vapour density is 29, find its
molecular formula.
Solution 16
% of carbon =
82.76%
% of hydrogen =
100 - 82.76 = 17.24%
Element
|
% Weight
|
Atomic Weight
|
Relative No. of Moles
|
Simplest
Ratio
|
C
|
82.76
|
12
|
82.76/12 = 6.89
|
6.89/6.89 = 1 x 2 = 2
|
H
|
17.24
|
1
|
17.24/1 = 17.24
|
17.24/6.89 = 2.5 x 2 = 5
|
Empirical
formula = C2H5
Empirical
formula weight = 2 x 12 + 1 x 5 = 24 + 5 = 29
Vapour
Density = 29
Relative
molecular mass = 29 x 2 = 58
N =
Molecular
formula = n x empirical formula
= 2 x C2H5
= C4H10
Question 17
In a compound of magnesium (Mg = 24) and nitrogen (N = 14),
18 g of magnesium combines with 7g of nitrogen. Deduce the
simplest formula by answering the following questions.
(a) How many gram- atoms of magnesium are equal to 18g?
(b) How many gram- atoms of nitrogen are equal to 7g of
nitrogen?
(c) Calculate simple ratio of gram- atoms of magnesium to
gram-atoms of nitrogen and hence the simplest formula of the
compound formed.
Solution 17
(a) G atoms of magnesium = 18/24 = 0.75 or g- atom of Mg
(b) G atoms of nitrogen = 7/14 = 0.5 or 1/2 g- atoms of N
(c) Ratio of gram-atoms of N and Mg = 1:1.5 or 2:3
So, the formula is Mg3 N2
Question 18
Barium chloride crystals contain 14.8% water of
crystallization. Find the number of molecules of water of
crystallization per molecule.
Solution 18
Barium chloride = BaCl2.x
H2O
Ba + 2Cl + x[H2 + O]
=137+ 235.5 + x
[2+16]
=[208 + 18x]
contains water = 14.8% water in BaCl2.x
H2O
=[208 + 18 x]
14.8/100 = 18x
=[104 + 9x]
2148=18000x
=[104+9x] 37=250x
=3848 + 333x =2250x
1917x =3848
x =
2molecules of water
Question 19
Urea is very important nitrogenous fertilizer. Its formula
is CON2H4.Calculate the percentage of
nitrogen in urea. (C=12,O=16 ,N=14 and H=1).
Solution 19
Molar mass of urea; CON2H4 = 60 g
So, % of Nitrogen = 28
100/60
= 46.66%
Question 20
Determine the formula of the organic compound if its
molecule contains 12 atoms of carbon. The percentage
compositions of hydrogen and oxygen are 6.48 and 51.42
respectively.
Solution 20
Element % At. mass Atomic ratio Simple ratio
C 42.1 12 3.5 1
H 6.48 1 6.48 2
O 51.42 16 3.2 1
The empirical formula is CH2O
Since the compound has 12 atoms of carbon, so the formula is
C12 H24 O12.
Question 21
(a) A compound with empirical formula AB2, has
the vapour density equal to its empirical formula weight.
Find its molecular formula.
(b) A compound with empirical formula AB has vapour density
3 times its empirical formula weight. Find the molecular
formula.
(c)10.47 g of a compound contained 6.25 g of metal A and
rest non-metal B. Calculate the empirical formula of the
compound [At. wt of A = 207, B = 35.5]
Solution 21
(a) Now since the empirical formula is equal to vapour
density and we know that vapour density is half of the
molecular mass i.e. we have n=2 so, the molecular formula is
A2B4.
(b) Since molecular mass is 2 times the vapour density, so
Mol. Mass = 2 V.D
Empirical formula weight = V.D/3
So, n = molecular mass/ Empirical formula weight = 6
Hence, the molecular formula is A6B6
(c)
Given:
Wt. of the compound: 10.47g
Wt. of metal A: 6.25g
Wt. of non-metal B: 10.47 – 6.25 =
4.22g
Element
|
mass
|
At. Wt.
|
Relative no. of atoms
|
Simplest ratio
|
A
|
6.25g
|
207
|
6.25/207=0.03
|
0.03/0.03=1
|
B
|
4.22g
|
35.5
|
4.26/35.5=0.12
|
0.12/0.03=4
|
Hence, the empirical
formula is AB4
Question 22
A hydride of nitrogen contains 87.5% per cent by mass of
nitrogen. Determine the empirical formula of this compound.
Solution 22
Atomic ratio of N = 87.5/14 =6.25
Atomic ratio of H= 12.5/1 = 12.5
This gives us the simplest ratio as 1:2
So, the molecular formula is NH2
Question 23
A compound has O=61.32%, S= 11.15%, H=4.88% and
Zn=22.65%.The relative molecular mass of the compound is 287
amu. Find the molecular formula of the compound, assuming
that all the hydrogen is present as water of
crystallization.
Solution 23
Element % at. mass atomic ratio simple ratio
Zn 22.65 65 0.348 1
H 4.88 1 4.88 14
S 11.15 32 0.348 1
O 61.32 16 3.83 11
Empirical formula of the given compound =ZnSH14O11
Empiricala formula mass = 65.37+32+141+11+16=287.37
Molecular mass = 287
n = Molecular mass/Empirical formula mass = 287/287=1
Molecular formula = ZnSO11H14
=ZnSO4.7H2O
Chapter 11 - Study of Compounds D. Sulphuric Acid Exercise
Intext 1
Question 1
Comment, sulphuric acid is referred to as
(a) King of chemicals
(b) Oil of vitriol
Solution 1
(a) Sulphuric acid is called King of Chemicals because there
is no other manufactured compound which is used by such a
large number of key industries.
(b) Sulphuric acid is referred to as Oil of vitriol as it
was obtained as an oily viscous liquid by heating crystals
of green vitriol.
Question 2
Sulphuric acid is manufactured by contact process
(a) Give two balanced equations to obtain SO2 in
this process.
(b) Give the conditions for the oxidation of SO2
(c) Name the catalyst used.
(d) Why H2SO4 is not obtained by
directly reacting SO3 with water.
(e) Name the chemical used to dissolve SO3 and
also name the product formed.
(f) Name a gas that can be oxidized to sulphur.
Solution 2
(a)
Two balanced equations to obtain SO2 is:
(i) 4FeS2 + 11O2
2Fe2O3
+8SO2
(ii) S +O2
SO2
(b) The conditions for the oxidation of SO2
are:
(i) The temperature should be as low as possible. The yield
has been found to be maximum at about 4100C-450oC
(ii) High pressure (2 atm) is favoured because the product
formed has less volume than reactant.
(iii) Excess of oxygen increases the production of sulphur
trioxide.
(iv) Vanadium pentoxide or platinised asbestos is used as
catalyst.
(c) Vanadium pentoxide (V2O5)
(d) Sulphuric acid is not obtained directly by reacting SO3
with water because the reaction is highly exothermic which
produce the fine misty droplets of sulphuric acid that is
not directly absorbed by water.
(e)The chemical used to dissolve SO3 is
concentrated sulphuric acid. The product formed is oleum.
(f) Hydrogen sulphide.
Question 3
Why the impurity of arsenic oxide must be removed before
passing the mixture of SO2 and air through the
catalytic chamber?
Solution 3
Impurity of ARSENIC poisons the catalyst [i.e. deactivates
the catalyst]. So, it must be removed before passing the
mixture of SO2 air through the catalytic chamber.
Question 4
(a) Name the catalyst which helps in the conversion of
sulphur dioxide to sulphur trioxide in step C.
(b) In the contact process for the manufacture of sulphuric
acid, sulphur trioxide is not converted to sulphuric acid by
reacting it with water. Instead a two -steps procedure is
used. Write the equations for the two steps involved in D.
(c) What type of substance will liberate sulphur dioxide
from sodium sulphite in step E?
(d) Write the equation for the reaction by which sulphur
dioxide is converted to sodium sulphite in step F.
Solution 4
(a) The catalyst which helps in the conversion of sulphur
dioxide to sulphur trioxide in step C is Vanadium pentoxide.
(b) The two steps for the conversion of sulphur trioxide to
sulphuric acid is:
(i) SO3 + H2SO4
H2S2O7
(ii) H2S2O7 + H2O
2H2SO4
(c)The substance that will liberate sulphur dioxide in step
E is dilute H2SO4.
(d) The equation for the reaction by which sulphur dioxide
is converted to sodium sulphite in step F is:
SO2+2NaOH
Na2SO3+H2O
Or
Na2O+SO2
Na2SO3
Chapter 11 - Study of Compounds D. Sulphuric Acid Exercise
Ex. 11
Question 1
Why is water not added to concentrated H2SO4
in order to dilute it?
Solution 1
Water is not added to concentrated acid since it is an
exothermic reaction. If water is added to the acid, there is
a sudden increase in temperature and the acid being in bulk
tends to spurt out with serious consequences.
Question 2
Give two balanced reactions of each type to show the
following properties of sulphuric acid.
(a) Acidic nature
(b) Oxidising agent
(d) Non-volatile nature
Solution 2
Balanced reactions are:
(a)
Acidic nature:
(i) Dilute H2SO4 reacts with basic
oxides to form sulphate and water.
2 NaOH+H2SO4
Na2SO4+2H2O
(ii) CuO+H2SO4
CuSO4+H2O
(iii) It reacts with carbonate to produce CO2.
Na2CO3+H2SO4
Na2SO4+H2O+CO2
(b)
Oxidising agent:
H2SO4
H2O
+SO2 +[O]
Nascent oxygen oxidizes non-metals, metals and inorganic
compounds.
For example,
Carbon to carbon dioxide
C+H2SO4
CO2
+H2O +2SO2
Sulphur to sulphur dioxide
S +H2SO4
3SO2
+2H2O
(d)
Non-volatile nature:
It has a high boiling point (356oC) so it is
considered to be non-volatile. Therefore, it is used for
preparing volatile acids like hydrochloric acid, nitric acid
from their salts by double decomposition reaction.
NaCl + H2SO4
NaHSO4
+HCl
KCl + H2SO4
KHSO4
+HCl
Question 3
Give a chemical test to distinguish between:
(a) Dilute sulphuric acid and dilute hydrochloric acid
(b) Dilute sulphuric acid and conc.sulphuric acid
Solution 3
(a)Bring a glass rod dipped in Ammonia solution near the
mouth of each test tubes containing dil. Hel and dil. H2SO4each.
Dil HCl
|
Dil. H2SO4
|
White fumes of ammonium chloride
|
No such fumes
|
(b)
1. Dilute sulphuric acid treated with zinc gives Hydrogen
gas which bums with pop sound.
Concentrated H2SO4 gives SO2
gas with zinc and the gas turns Acidified potassium
dichromate paper green.
2.Barium chloride solution gives white ppt. with dilute H2SO4,
This white ppt. is insoluble in all acids.
Concentrated H2SO4 and NaCl mixture
when heated gives dense white fumes if glass rod dipped in
Ammonia solution is brought near it.
Question 4
Name the products formed when hot and concentrated sulphuric
acid reacts with the following:
(a) Sulphur
(b) NaOH
(c) Sugar
(d) Carbon
(e) Copper
Solution 4
(a)
When sulphuric acid reacts with sulphur the product formed
is Sulphur dioxide is formed.
S +2H2SO4
3SO2
+ 2H2O
(b) When sulphuric acid reacts with sodium hydroxide it
neutralizes base to form sodium sulphate.
2NaOH + H2SO4
Na2SO4
+ 2H2O
(c) When sulphuric acid reacts with sugar it forms carbon
C12 H22O11
12C
+ 11H2O
(d) When sulphuric acid reacts with carbon it forms carbon
dioxide and sulphur dioxide gas.
C +2H2SO4
CO2
+ 2H2O + 2SO2
(e) When sulphuric acid reacts with copper it forms copper
sulphate and sulphur dioxide.
Cu + H2SO4
CuSO4
+ 2H2O + SO2
Question 5
Why is:
(a) Concentrated sulphuric acid kept in air tight bottles?
(b) H2SO4 is not a drying agent for H2S?
(c) Sulphuric acid used in the preparation of HCl and HNO3?
Give equation in both cases.
Solution 5
(a) Concentrated sulphuric acid is hygroscopic substance
that absorbs moisture when exposed to air. Hence, it is
stored in air tight bottles.
(b) Sulphuric acid is not a drying agent for H2S
because it reacts with H2S to form sulphur.
H2SO4+H2S
2H2O+SO2+S
(c) Concentrated sulphuric acid has high boiling point (356oC).
So, it is considered to be non-volatile. Hence, it is used
for preparing volatile acids like Hydrochloric acid and
Nitric acids from their salts by double decomposition.
NaCl+H2SO4
NaHSO4
+HCl
NaNO3 +H2SO4
NaHSO4
+HNO3
Question 6
What property of conc. H2SO4 is made
use of in each of the following cases? Give an equation for
the reaction in each case
(a) In the production of HCl gas when it reacts with a
chlorine
(b) In the preparation of CO from HCOOH
(c) As a source of hydrogen by diluting it and adding a
strip of magnesium
(d) In the preparation of sulphur dioxide by warming a
mixture of conc. Sulphuric acid and copper -turnings.
(e) Hydrogen sulphide gas is passed through concentrated
sulphuric acid
(f) Its reaction with (i) ethanol (ii) carbon
Solution 6
(a) Due to its reducing property. i.e, it is a non-volatile
acid.
NaCl+ H2SO4
NaHSO4
+ HCl
(Conc.)
(b) It is a dehydrating agent.
HCOOH
CO
+ H2O
(c) Magnesium is present above hydrogen in the reactivity
series so sulphuric acid is able to liberate hydrogen gas by
reacting with magnesium strip.
Mg + H2SO4
MgSO4+H2
(d) Due to its oxidizing character
Cu +H2SO4
CuSO4
+2H2O +SO2
(e) Due to its oxidizing property Hydrogen sulphide gas is
passed through concentrated sulphuric acid to liberate
sulphur dioxide and sulphur is formed.
H2S + H2SO4
S
+ 2H2O + SO2
(f)
(i) Ethanol
(ii) Carbon
Question 7
What is the name given to the salts of:
(a) Sulphurous acid
(b) Sulphuric acid
Solution 7
The name of the salt of
(a) Hydrogen sulphites and Sulphites.
(b) Sulphate and bisulphate.
Question 8
Give reasons for the following.
(a) Sulphuric acid forms two types of salts with NaOH
(b) Red brown vapours are produced when concentrated
sulphuric acid is added to hydrogen bromide.
(c) A piece of wood becomes black when concentrated
sulphuric acid is poured on it
(d) Brisk effervescence is seen when oil of vitriol is added
to sodium carbonate.
Solution 8
(a) Two types of salts are formed when sulphuric acid reacts
with NaOH because sulphuric acid is dibasic.
NaOH + H2SO4
NaHSO4
+ H2O
2NaOH + H2SO4
Na2SO4
+ 2H2O
(b) When hydrogen bromide reacts with sulphuric acid the
bromine gas is obtained which produce red brown vapours.
2KBr+3H2SO4
2KHSO4+SO2+Br2
+2H2O
(c) A piece of wood becomes black when concentrated
sulphuric acid is poured on it because it gives a mass of
carbon.
(d) When sulphuric acid is added to sodium carbonate it
liberates carbon dioxide which produces brisk effervescence.
Na2CO3+H2SO4
Na2SO4
+H2O+CO2
Question 9
Copy and complete the following table:
Column 1
Substance reacted with acid
|
Column 2
Dilute or concentrated acid
|
Column 3
Gas
|
|
|
Hydrogen
|
|
|
Carbon dioxide
|
|
|
Only chlorine
|
Solution 9
Column 1
Substance reacted with acid
|
Column 2
Dilute or concentrated acid
|
Column 3
Gas
|
Substance reacted with acid
|
Dilute or concentrated sulphuric acid
|
Gas
|
Zinc
|
Dilute sulphuric acid
|
Hydrogen
|
Calcium carbonate
|
Concentrated sulphuric acid
|
Carbon dioxide
|
Bleaching power CaOCl2
|
Dilute sulphuric acid
|
only chlorine
|
Question 10
Give the odour of gas evolved and name the gas produced when
sodium sulphide is added to solution of HCl in water.
Solution 10
When sodium sulphide is added to solution of HCl, Hydrogen
sulphide gas is produced. It has rotten egg like smell.
Question 11(a)
Which property of sulphuric acid accounts for its use as a
dehydrating agent?
Solution 11(a)
Sulphuric acid is powerful dehydrating agent on account of
its strong affinity towards water.
Question 11(b)
Concentrated sulphuric acid is both an oxidizing agent and a
non-volatile acid. Write one equation. Each to illustrate
the above mentioned properties of sulphuric acid.
Solution 11(b)
Concentrated sulphuric acid as
i. Oxidising agent:
The oxidising property of conc. sulphuric acid its due to
the fact that on thermal decomposition, it yeilds nacent
oxygen [O].
H2SO4→
H2O + SO2 + [O]
ii. Non-volatile acid:
conc. sulphuric acid has high boiling point (338°C) that
why it is said to be a non volitile compound, therefore it
is used for preparing volatile acids like hydrochloric
acids, nitric acids from there salts by double decomposition
H2SO4 + NaCl → NaHSO4 +
HCl
Question 12
Some properties of sulphuric acid are listed below. Choose
the property A, B, C or D which is responsible for the
reactions (i) to (v). Some properties may be repeated:
A. Acid
B. Dehydrating agent
C. Non-volatile acid
D. Oxidising agent
(i) C12H22O11 +nH2SO4
12C
+ 11H2O + nH2SO4
(ii) S + 2H2SO4
3SO2
+2H2O
(iii) NaCl +H2SO4
NaHSO4
+ HCl
(iv) CuO + H2SO4
CuSO4
+H2O
(v) Na2CO3 + H2SO4
Na2SO4
+ H2O +CO2
Solution 12
(i) B
(ii) D
(iii) C
(iv) A
(v) A
Question 13
(a) Name the acid formed when sulphur dioxide dissolves in
water.
(b) Name the gas released when sodium carbonate is added to
a solution of sulphur dioxide.
Solution 13
(a) The acid formed when sulphur dioxide dissolves in water
is sulphurous acid.
(b) Carbondioxide gas is released when sodium carbonate is
added to solution of sulphur dioxide.
Question 2008
-
Dilute sulphuric acid will produce a white precipitate
when added to a solution of :
i. Copper nitrate
ii. Zinc nitrate
iii. Lead nitrate
iv. Sodium nitrate
-
Identify the following substance: Liquid E can be
dehydrated to produce ethene.
c. Copy and complete the following table relating to an
important industrial process and its final output.
Name of process
|
Inputs
|
Catalyst
|
Equation for catalyzed reaction output
|
Contact process
|
Sulphur dioxide + oxygen
|
|
|
-
Making use only of substances given : dil. sulphuric
acid, sodium carbonate, zinc, sodium. sulphite, lead,
calcium carbonate : Give equations for the reactions by
which you could obtain :
i. hydrogen
ii. sulphur dioxide
iii. carbon dioxide
iv. zinc carbonate [2 steps]
-
What property of conc. H2SO4 :
i. is used in the action when sugar turns black in its
presence.
ii. allows it to be used in the preparation of HCl and HNO3
acids.
f. Write the equations for :
i. dil. H2SO4 and barium chloride
ii. dil. H2SO4 and sodium sulphuide
Solution 2008
a. (C) Lead nitrate
b. Liquid E is Ethanol.
c.
Name of process
|
Inputs
|
Catalyst
|
Equation for catalyzed reaction output
|
output
|
Contact process
|
Sulphur dioxide + oxygen
|
Platinum or V2O5
|
2SO2 + O2 ⇄
2SO3
|
Sulphuric acid
|
d.
i. Zn + dil. H2SO4→ ZnSO4
+ H2
ii. Na2CO3 + dil. H2SO4→
Na2SO4 + H2O + CO2
iii. Pb(NO3) + dil. H2SO4→
PbSO4 + 2HNO3
iv. Zn + dil. H2SO4→ ZnSO4
+ H2
ZnSO4 + Na2CO3→ ZnCO3
+ Na2SO4
e.
i. The property of concentrated sulphuric acid which allows
it to be used in
is used in the action when sugar turns black in its presence
is its dehydrating property.
ii. The
property of concentrated sulphuric acid which allows it to
be used in the
preparation of hydrogen chloride and nitric acid is its
non-volatility.
H2SO4 + BaCl2 →
BaSO4 + 2HCl
Question 2009
a. Name the gas evolved [formula is not acceptable]. The gas
that can be oxidised to sulphur.
Solution 2009
Hydrogen Chloride
Question 2010
a. Give the equation for :
i. Heat on sulphur with conc. sulphuric acid
ii. Reaction of - sugar with conc. sulphuric acid.
b. Give a balanced equation for the conversion of zinc oxide
to zinc sulphate.
c. Select the correct answer from A, B, C.
A. Sodium hydroxide solution
B. A weak acid
C. Dilute sulphuric acid.
The solution which liberates sulphur dioxide gas, from
sodium sulphite.
Solution 2010
a.
i. S
+ H2SO4
→ 3SO2 +2H2O.
ii. C12H22O11
+ Conc.
H2SO4
→ 6C + 6H2O
b. ZnO +
H2SO4
→ ZnSO4 + H2O.
c. C) Dilute
sulphuric acid.
Question 2011
a. State your observation when - Sugar crystals are added to
a hard glass test tube containing conc. sulphuric acid.
b. Choose the correct answer from the choices - The gas
evolved when dil. sulphuric acid reacts with iron sulphide.
i. Hydrogen sulphide
ii. Sulphur dioxide
iii. Sulphur trioxide
iv. Vapour of sulphuric acid
c. Give a balanced equation for :
i. Dilute sulphuric acid is poured over sodium sulphite.
ii. Manufacture of sulphuric acid by the - contact process.
d. State the property of sulphuric acid shown by the
reaction of conc. sulphuric acid when heated with
i. potassium nitrate
ii. carbons
Solution 2011
a. Charring of sugar takes place. Sulphuric acid dehydrates
sugar leaving behind carbon which is black in colour.
b. i. Hydrogen sulphide
c. i.
ii.
d.
i. Non-volatile nature
ii. as an oxidising agent
Question 2012
a. Name - The gas produced on reaction of dilute sulphuric
acid with a metallic sulphide.
b. Some properties of sulphuric acid are listed below.
Choose the role played by sulphuric acid as A, B, C or D
which is responsible for the reactions (i) to (v). Some
role/s may be repeated.
1. Dilute acid
2 Dehydrating agent
3. Non-volatile acid
4. Oxidising agent
c. Give balanced equation for the reaction : Zinc sulphide
and dilute sulphuric acid.
Solution 2012
a. Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S).
b.
i. (B) Dehydrating agent
ii. (D) Oxidising agent
iii. (C) Non-volatile acid
iv. (A) Dilute acid
v. (D) Oxidising agent
c. ZnS + dil.H2SO4→
ZnSO4 + H2S
Question 2013
a. State one appropriate observation for : Conc. H2SO4
is added to a crystal of hydrated copper sulphate.
b. In the given equation - S + 2H2SO4→
3SO2 + 2H2O :
Identify the role played by conc. H2SO4.
i. Non-volatile acid
ii. Oxidising agent
iii. Dehydrating agent
iv. None of the above
c. Give a balanced equation for : Dehydration of
concentrated sulphuric acid with sugar crystals.
d. Identify the substance underlined : A dilute mineral acid
which forms a white precipitate when treated with barium
chloride solution.
Solution 2013
a. when Conc. H2SO4 is added to a
crystal of hydrated copper sulphate,it removes water of
crystalisation from salt.
b. ii.
Oxidising agent
c. C12H22O11
+ Conc.
H2SO4
→ 6C + 6H2O
d. Sulphuric
acid (H2SO4)
Question 2014
a. Write balanced equations for the following : Action of
concentrated sulphuric acid on carbon.
b. Distinguish between the following pairs of compounds
using the test given within brackets. Dilute sulphuric acid
and dilute hydrochloric acid [using barium chloride
solution].
c. State the conditions required for the following reactions
to take place : The conversion of sulphur dioxide to sulphur
trioxde.
d. Give one equation each to show the following properties
of sulphuric acid :
i. Dehydrating property
ii. Acidic nature
iii. As a non-volatile acids
Solution 2014
a. C + H2SO4
→ CO2 + 2H2O
+ 2SO2.
b. Sulphuric acid
precipitates the insoluble sulphate of barium from the
solution of barium chloride.
BaCl2 + H2SO4→
BaSO4 + 2HCl
Dilute HCl does not react with barium chloride solution, and
thus, no precipitate is produced in the reaction.
c. Two conditions for
the conversion of sulphur dioxide to sulphur trioxide is as
follows:
Temperature: 450-500° C Catalyst: V2O5
d.
i. Dehydrating property
of sulphuric acid:
H2SO4 has a great affinity for water,
and therefore, it acts as a dehydrating agent.
ii. Acidic nature of
sulphuric acid:
It acts as a strong dibasic acid.
H2SO4→
2Hi+ + SO42-
It reacts with metals, metal oxides, metal hydroxides,
carbonates etc. to form metallic sulphates and hydrogen at
ordinary temperature.
Mg + H2SO4→
MgSO4 + H2↑
CuO + H2SO4→
CuSO4 + H2O
2NaOH + H2SO4→
Na2SO4 + 2H2O
ZnCO3 + H2SO4→
ZnSO4 + H2O + CO2↑
iii. As a non-volatile
acid:
It has a high boiling point, so it is used to prepare
volatile acids such as HCl, HNO3 and acetic acid
from their salts.
NaCl + H2SO4→ NaHSO4 + HCl
NaNO3 + H2SO4→ NaHSO4
+ HNO3
CH3COONa + H2SO4→ NaHSO4
+ CH3COOH
Question 2015
(a) In the manufacture of sulphuric acid by contact process,
give the equations for the conversion of sulphur trioxide to
sulphuric acid.
(b) Give equations for the action of sulphuric acid on
(i) Potassium hydrogen carbonate
(ii) Sulphur
(c) Identify the acid in each case.
(i) Acid which produces sugar charcoal from sugar
(ii) Acid on mixing with lead nitrate solution produces
white ppt. which is insoluble even on heating
Solution 2015
(a) In the contact process for the manufacture of sulphuric acid, the equations
for the conversion of sulphur trioxide to sulphuric acid are
SO3 + H2SO4 → H2S2O7
(oleum or pyrosulphuric acid)
H2S2O7 + H2O →
2H2SO4
(b)
(i) Action of sulphuric acid on potassium hydrogen carbonate
2KHCO3+ H2SO4→ K2SO4+
2H2O + 2CO2↑
(ii) Action of sulphuric acid on sulphur
S + 2H2SO4→ 3SO2 + 2H2O
(c)
(i) Concentrated sulphuric acid
(ii) Concentrated sulphuric acid
Chapter 10 - Study of Compounds C. Nitric Acid Exercise
Intext 1
Question 1
What is: (a) aqua fortis (b) aqua regia (c) Fixation of
Nitrogen?
Solution 1
(a) Aqua fortis: Nitric acid is called aqua fortis. Aqua
fortis means strong water. It is so called because it reacts
with nearly all metals.
(b) Aqua Regia: Conc. Nitric acid (1part by volume) when
mixed with conc. Hydrochloric acid (3 parts by volume) gives
a mixture called aqua regia. It means Royal water.
HNO3 +3HCl
NOCl
+2H2O +2[Cl]
(c) Fixation of Nitrogen: The conversion of free atmospheric
nitrogen into useful nitrogenous compounds in the soil is
known as fixation of atmospheric nitrogen.
Question 2
During thunderstorm, rain water contains nitric acid.
Explain with reactions.
Solution 2
During lightning discharge, the nitrogen present in the
atmosphere reacts with oxygen to form nitric oxide.
N2+ O2
2NO
Nitric oxide is further oxidized to nitrogen dioxide.
2NO +O2
2NO2
The nitrogen dioxide dissolves in atmospheric moisture in
the presence of oxygen of the air and forms nitric acid
which is washed down by the rain and combines with the salt
present on the surface of the earth.
4NO2+2H2O +O2
4HNO3
Question 3
Ammonia is used in the Ostwald process.
(a) Give the source of reactants used in the process.
(b) Name the catalyst used in the process.
(c) Name the oxidising agent used in this process.
(d) What is the ratio of ammonia and air taken in this
process?
(e) Why is quartz used in the process?
Solution 3
(a) A mixture of air and dry ammonia in the ratio of 10:1 by
volume
(b) Platinum gauze
(c) Oxygen
(d) ammonia : dry air :: 1 : 10
(e) Quartz is acid resistant. When packed in layers, it
helps in dissolving nitrogen dioxide uniformly in water.
Question 4
(a) Write a balanced chemical equation for the laboratory
preparation of nitric acid.
(b) In the preparation of nitric acid from KNO3,
concentrated hydrochloric acid is not used in place of
concentrated sulphuric acid. Explain why?
(c) Conc. Nitric acid prepared in the laboratory is yellow
in colour .Why? How is this colour removed?
(d) Give reasons for the following:
In the laboratory preparation of nitric acid, the mixture of
concentrated sulphuric acid and sodium nitrate should not be
heated very strongly above 200oC.
Solution 4
(a)Chemical equation is:
KNO3 +H2SO4
KHSO4
+HNO3
(b) Concentrated hydrochloric acid cannot replace Conc.
Sulphuric acid for the preparation of nitric acid because
hydrochloric acid is volatile acid and hence nitric acid
vapours will carry HCl vapours.
(c) Conc. Nitric acid prepared in the laboratory is yellow
in colour due to the dissolution of reddish brown coloured
nitrogen dioxide gas in acid. This gas is produced due to
the thermal dissociation of a portion of nitric acid.
4HNO3
2H2O
+ 4NO2 + O2
The yellow colour of the acid is removed:
If dry air or CO2 is bubbled through the yellow
acid, the acid turns colourless because it drives out NO2
from warm acid which is further oxidized to nitric acid.
By addition of excess of water, nitrogen dioxide gas
dissolves in water and thus the yellow colour of the acid is
removed.
(d)The temperature of the mixture of concentrated sulphuric
acid and sodium nitrate should not exceed 200oC
because sodium sulphate formed at higher temperature forms a
hard crust which sticks to the walls of the retort and is
difficult to remove. At higher temperature nitric acid may
also decompose.
NaNO3 + NaHSO4
Na2SO4
+ HNO3
Question 5(a)
Nitric acid cannot be concentrated beyond 68% by the
distillation of dilute solution of HNO3. State
the reason.
Solution 5(a)
Nitric acid forms a constant boiling mixture with water
containing 68% acid. This mixture boils constantly at
constant boiling point without any change in its
composition. At this temperature, the gas and the water
vapour escape together. Hence the composition of the
solution remains unchanged. So nitric acid cannot be
concentrated beyond 68% by distillation of dilute solution
of HNO3.
Question 5(b)
What is passive iron? How is passivity removed?
Solution 5(b)
Iron becomes inert when reacted with nitric acid due to the
formation of extremely thin layer of insoluble metallic
oxide which stops the reaction.
Passivity can be removed by rubbing the surface layer with
the sand paper or by treating with strong reducing agent.
Question 6
Name the product formed when :
(a) Carbon and conc. Nitric acid is heated
(b) Dilute HNO3 is added to copper.
Solution 6
(a) When carbon and conc. Nitric acid is heated the products
formed are Carbon dioxide, Nitrogen dioxide and water.
C + 4HNO3
CO2
+ 2H2O +4NO2
(b) Copper when reacts with dilute HNO3 forms
Copper nitrate, Nitric oxide and water.
3Cu + 8 HNO3
3Cu(NO3)
2 +4H2O + 2NO
Question 7
Give two chemical equations for each of the following:
(a) Reactions of nitric acid with non-metals.
(b) Nitric acid showing acidic character.
(c) Nitric acid acting as oxidizing agent.
Solution 7
(a) Reaction of nitric acid with non-metals:
C + 4HNO3
CO2
+ 2H2O + 4 NO2
S + 6 HNO3
H2SO4
+ 2H2O + 6 NO2
(b) Nitric acid showing acidic character:
K2O + 2HNO3
2KNO3
+ H2O
ZnO + 2HNO3
Zn(NO3)2
+ H2O
(c) Nitric acid acting as oxidizing agent
P4 +20HNO3
4H3PO4
+ 4H2O + 20NO2
3Zn +8HNO3
3Zn(NO3)2
+4H2O +2NO
Question 8
Write the balanced equations and name the products formed
when :
(a) Sodium hydrogen carbonate is added to nitric acid.
(b) Cupric oxide reacts with dilute nitric acid.
(c) Zinc reacts with dilute nitric acid.
(d) Concentrated nitric acid is heated.
Solution 8
(a) When Sodium hydrogen carbonate is added to nitric acid
sodium nitrate, carbon dioxide and water is formed.
NaHCO3 + HNO3
NaNO3
+H2O +CO2
(b) When Cupric oxide reacts with dilute nitric acid, it
forms Copper nitrate.
CuO +2HNO3
Cu(NO3)2
+H2O
(c) Zinc reacts with nitric acid to form Zinc nitrate,
nitric oxide and water.
3 Zn +8HNO3
3Zn(NO3)2
+4H2O +2NO
(d) 4HNO3
2H2O
+ 4NO2 + O2
Question 9
How will you prepare the following from nitric acid?
(a) Sodium nitrate
(b) Copper nitrate
(c) Lead nitrate
(d) Magnesium nitrate
(e) Ferric nitrate
(f) Aqua regia
Solution 9
(a) Sodium nitrate:
NaOH + HNO3
NaNO3
+H2O
Sodium hydroxide reacts with nitric acid to form sodium
nitrate.
(b) Copper nitrate:
CuO + 2HNO3
Cu(NO3)2
+ H2O
Copper oxide reacts with nitric acid to form copper nitrate.
(c) Lead nitrate:
Pb +4HNO3
Pb(NO3)2
+2H2O +2NO2
Lead reacts with conc. nitric acid to form lead nitrate.
(d) Magnesium nitrate:
Mg +2HNO3
Mg(NO3)2
+H2
Magnesium with dil. nitric acid to form magnesium nitrate.
(e) Ferric nitrate:
Fe + 6HNO3
Fe(NO3)3
+3H2O + 3NO2
Iron reacts with conc. nitric acid to form ferric nitrate.
(f) Aqua regia:
HNO3 + 3HCl
NOCl
+2H2O +2[Cl]
Nitric acid reacts with hydrochloric acid to form a mixture
called aqua regia.
Question 10
Write the equation for following conversions A, B , C and D.
Solution 10
A: Copper can be converted into copper nitrate.
3Cu + 8HNO3
3Cu(NO3)2
+ 4H2O+ 2NO
B:2Cu(NO3)2
2CuO
+ 4NO2 + O2
C:2Cu+ O2
2CuO
D:By reduction
2CuO + C
2Cu
+ CO2
Question 11
Correct the following , if required:
(a) HNO3 is a strong reducing agent.
(b) NaNO3 gives NO2 and O2
on heating.
(c) Constant boiling nitric acid contains 80% nitric acid by
weight.
(d) Nitric acid remains colourless even when exposed to
light.
Solution 11
(a) HNO3 is strong oxidizing agent.
(b) NaNO3 gives NaNO2 and oxygen on
heating.
(c) Constant boiling nitric acid contains 68% nitric acid by
weight.
(d) Nitric acid turns yellow solution when exposed to light.
Chapter 10 - Study of Compounds C. Nitric Acid Exercise Ex.
10
Question 1
Choose the correct answer:
(a) The nitrate salt which does not give a mixture of NO2
and O2 on heating is:
(i) AgNO3
(ii) KNO3
(iii) Cu(NO3)2
(iv) Zn(NO3)2
(b) The chemical used in the brown ring test is:
(i) CuSO4
(ii) FeSO4
(iii) Fe2(SO4)3
(iv) ZnSO4
(c) Lead nitrate decomposes on heating to give:
(i) NO
(ii) N2O
(iii) NO2
(iv) N2O5
Solution 1
(a)KNO3
(b) FeSO4
(c) NO2
Question 2
Name:
(a) A nitrate of metal which on heating does not give
nitrogen dioxide.
(b) A nitrate which on heating leaves no residue behind.
(c) A metal nitrate which on heating is changed into metal
oxide.
(d) A metal nitrate which on heating is changed into metal.
(e) A solution which absorbs nitric oxide.
(f) The oxide of nitrogen which turns brown on exposure to
air. How is it prepared?
Solution 2
(a) Sodium nitrate
2NaNO3
2NaNO2
+O2
(b) A nitrate which on heating leaves no residue behind-
Ammonium nitrate.
(c) A metal nitrate which on heating is changed into metal
oxide- Calcium nitrate
(d) A metal nitrate which on heating is changed into metal-
Silver nitrate
(e) A solution which absorbs nitric oxide- Freshly prepared
ferrous sulphate
(f) The oxide of nitrogen which turns brown on exposure to
air. - nitric oxide
By catalytic oxidation of ammonia.
4 NH3 + 5 O2
4
NO + 6 H2O + Heat
Question 3
Mention three important uses of nitric acid. Give the
property of nitric acid involved in the use.
Solution 3
Three important uses of Nitric acid and the property of
nitric acid involved is:
S.NO.
|
Use
|
Property
|
1.
|
To etch designs on copper and brassware.
|
Nitric acid act as solvent for large number of
metals.
|
2.
|
To purify gold.
|
Impurities like Cu, Ag, Zn, etc. dissolve in nitric
acid.
|
3.
|
Preparation of aqua regia.
|
Dissolves noble metals.
|
Question 4
(a) Explain with the help of a balanced equation, the brown
ring test for nitric acid.
(b) Why is freshly prepared ferrous sulphate solution used
for testing the nitrate radical in the brown ring test?
Solution 4
(a) Brown ring test
Procedure:
(i) Add freshly prepared saturated solution of iron
(II)sulphate to the aq. solution of nitric acid.
(ii) Now add conc. Sulphuric acid carefully from the sides
of the test tube, so that it should not fall drop wise in
the test tube.
(iii) Cool the test tube in water.
(iv) A brown ring appears at the junction of the two
liquids.
(b)A freshly prepared ferrous sulphate solution is used
because on exposure to the atmosphere, it is oxidized to
ferric sulphate which will not give the brown ring.
Question 5
From the following list of substances, choose one substance
in each case which matches the description given below:
Ammonium nitrate, Calcium hydrogen carbonate, copper
carbonate, lead nitrate, potassium nitrate, sodium
carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, zinc carbonate.
(a) A nitrate which gives off only oxygen when heated.
(b) A nitrate which on heating decomposes into dinitrogen
oxide (nitrous oxide) and steam.
(c) A nitrate which gives off oxygen and nitrogen dioxide
when heated.
Solution 5
(a) Potassium nitrate
(b) Ammonium nitrate
(c) Lead nitrate
Question 6
The action of heat on the blue crystalline solid X gives a
reddish brown gas Y, a gas which re-lights a glowing splint
and leaves a black residue. When gas Z, which has a rotten
egg smell, is passed through a solution of X, a black ppt.
is formed.
a. Identify X, Y and Z.
b. Write the equation for action of heat on X.
c. Write the equation between solution X and gas Z.
Solution 6
a. X is copper nitrate.
Y is nitrogen dioxide.
Z is hydrogen sulphate.
b.
c.
Question 7
X, Y and Z are three crystalline solids which are soluble in
water and have common anion.
To help you to identify X, Y and Z you are provided with the
following experimental observations. Copy and complete the
corresponding inferences in (a) to (f).
(a) A reddish -brown gas is obtained when X, Y and Z are
separately warmed with concentrated sulphuric acid and
copper turning added to the mixture.
Inference 1: The common anion is the _____ion.
(b) When X is heated, it melts and gives off only one gas
which re-lights a glowing splint.
Inference2: The cation in X is either _____ or _____.
(c) The action of heat on Y produces a reddish brown gas and
yellow residue which fuses with glass of the test tube.
Inference3: The metal ion present in Y is the____ ion.
(d) When Z is heated, it leaves no residue. Warming Z with
sodium hydroxide solution liberates a gas which turns moist
red litmus paper blue.
Inference4: Z contains the ____ cation.
(e) Write the equations for the following reactions:
(1)X and concentrated sulphuric acid (below 200oC).
(One equation only for either of the cations given in
Inference 2)
(2)Action of heat on Y.
(3) Concentrated nitric acid is added to copper turnings
kept in a beaker.
Solution 7
(a) Nitrate.
(b) Sodium or potassium
(c) Lead
(d) Ammonia
(e) (1)KNO3 + H2SO4
KHSO4
+ HNO3
(2) 2Pb(NO3)2
2PbO
+ 4NO2 +O2
(3) Cu +4HNO3
Cu(NO3)2
+H2O +2NO2
Question 8
a. Dilute nitric acid is generally considered a typical acid
except for its reaction with metals. In what way is dilute
nitric acid different from other acids when it reacts with
metals?
b. Write the equation for the reaction of dilute nitric acid
and conc. nitric acid with copper.
Solution 8
a. Dilute nitric acid is generally considered a typical acid
except for its reaction with metals because it does not
liberate hydrogen. It is a powerful oxidising agent, and
nascent oxygen formed oxidises hydrogen in water.
b.
i. Reaction of dilute nitric acid with copper:
3Cu + 8HNO3→ 3Cu(NO3) + 4H2O
+ 2NO
ii. Reaction of conc. nitric acid with copper:
Cu + 4HNO3→ Cu(NO3) + 2H2O
+ 2NO2
Question 9
Explain why:
a. Only all-glass apparatus should be used for the
preparation of nitric acid by heating concentrated sulphuric
acid and potassium nitrate.
b. Nitric acid is kept in a reagent bottle for a long time.
Solution 9
a. The glass apparatus is purposely used because nitric acid
vapours are highly corrosive in nature and corrode cork,
rubber etc. if used as a stopper.
b. Pure nitric acid is unstable to heat or sunlight. In the
presence of sunlight, it decomposes even at room
temperature.
Nitric acid stored in a bottle turns yellow. This colour is
due to dissolved NO2 in HNO3. To avoid
decomposition, nitric acid is normally stored in coloured
bottles.
Question 10
The figure given below illustrates the apparatus used in the
laboratory preparation of nitric acid.
a. Name A (a liquid), B (a solid) and C (a liquid). (Do not
give the formulae).
b. Write an equation to show how nitric acid undergoes
decomposition.
c. Write the equation for the reaction in which copper is
oxidised by concentrated nitric acid.
Solution 10
a. A (a liquid): Conc. sulphuric acid
B (a solid): Sodium nitrate
C (a liquid): Nitric acid
b.
c.
i. Reaction of dilute nitric acid with copper:
3Cu + 8HNO3→ 3Cu(NO3) + 4H2O
+ 2NO
ii. Reaction of conc. nitric acid with copper:
Cu + 4HNO3→ Cu(NO3) + 2H2O
+ 2NO2
Question 11
a. A dilute acid B does not normally give hydrogen when
reacted with metals but does give a gas when reacts with
copper. Identify B. Write the equation with copper.
b. Complete the table:
Name of Process
|
Inputs
|
Equation
|
Output
|
|
Ammonia + Air
|
|
Nitric acid
|
c. What is the property of nitric acid which allows it to
react with copper?
Solution 11
a. The dilute acid is nitric acid.
Reaction of dilute nitric acid with copper:
3Cu + 8HNO3 →3Cu(NO3) + 4H2O
+ 2NO
b.
Name of Process
|
Inputs
|
Equations
|
Output
|
Ostwald process
|
Ammonia + Air
|
|
Nitric acid
|
c. Its oxidising property allows it to react with copper.
Question 2012
a. Name the gas produced when copper reacts with conc. HNO3.
b. State your observation: Zinc nitrate crystals are
strongly heated.
c. Correct the statement: Magnesium reacts with nitric acid
to liberate hydrogen gas.
d. Iron is rendered passive with fuming HNO3.
Give reason.
e. Give the balanced equation for dilute nitric acid and
copper carbonate.
Solution 2012
a. Nitrogen dioxide gas is produced when copper reacts with
conc. HNO3.
b. When zinc nitrate crystals are strongly heated, they
decompose into yellow-coloured zinc oxides and nitrogen
dioxides, and oxygen gas is liberated.
c. Very dilute (about 1%) acid reacts with magnesium at room
temperature to give magnesium nitrate and hydrogen gas.
d. Iron is rendered passive with fuming HNO3.
This is due to the formation of insoluble metallic oxide
which stops the reaction.
e.
Question 2013
a. Identify the gas evolved when
i. Sulphur is treated with conc. nitric acid.
ii. A few crystals of KNO3 are heated in a hard
glass test tube.
b. State two relevant observations for: Lead nitrate
crystals are heated in a hard glass test tube.
c. Give a balanced equation for: Oxidation of carbon with
conc. HNO3.
Solution 2013
a.
i. When sulphur is treated with conc. nitric acid, it
produces nitrogen dioxide gas.
ii. When a few crystals of KNO3 are heated in a
hard glass test tube, it decomposes to form KNO2,
and O2 gas is librated.
b. First, it decomposes with slight decrepitation, and
second, it is reddish brown in colour when hot. After
cooling, it turns yellow and fuses in glass.
c.
Question 2014
a. Fill in the blank:
Cold dil. nitric acid reacts with copper to form (hydrogen,
nitrogen dioxide, nitric oxide).
b. Give balanced equations for the following:
i. Laboratory preparation of nitric acid.
ii. Action of heat on a mixture of copper and nitric acid.
Solution 2014
a. Nitric oxide
b.
i.
ii. Reaction of dilute nitric acid with copper:
3Cu + 8HNO3→ 3Cu(NO3) + 4H2O
+ 2NO Reaction of conc. nitric acid with copper:
Cu + 4HNO3→ Cu(NO3) + 2H2O
+ 2NO2
Question 2015 (a)
(a) Identify the
acid
(i) The acid which is used in the preparation of a
non-volatile acid.
(ii) The
acid which is prepared by catalytic oxidation of ammonia.
Solution 2015 (a)
(i) Sulphuric acid
(ii) Nitric
acid
Question 2015 (b)
State one relevant
observation for each of the following:
When crystals of copper nitrate are heated in a test tube.
Solution 2015 (b)
Reddish brown nitrogen dioxide gas is released, and the
residue left behind is black copper oxide.
Question 2015 (c)
Explain the following:
(i) Dilute nitric acid is generally considered a typical
acid but not so in its reaction with metals.
(ii) Concentrated nitric add appears yellow when it is left
standing in a glass bottle.
(iii) An all glass apparatus is used in the laboratory
preparation of nitric acid.
Solution 2015 (c)
(i) Dilute nitric acid is generally considered a typical
acid but not in its reaction with metals, because the action
of nitric acid on metals depends on the temperature and
concentration of nitric acid. These conditions are not
required in case of hydrochloric acid or sulphuric acid.
(ii) Although pure concentrated nitric acid is colourless,
it appears yellow when left standing in a glass bottle due
to the dissolution of reddish brown nitrogen dioxide gas in
the acid. Nitrogen dioxide is produced because of the
thermal decomposition of a portion of nitric acid.
4HNO3 → 2H2O + 4NO2 + O2
(iii) An all-glass apparatus is used in the laboratory
preparation of nitric acid, because nitric acid vapour
corrodes rubber and cork.
Chapter 7 - Metallurgy Exercise Ex. 7C
Question 1
State the position of
aluminium
in the periodic table.
Solution 1
Position in the Periodic Table: Period 3,Group IIIA(13)
Question 2
(a) Give the chemical names and formulae of the main ores of
(i) aluminium, (ii) iron and (iii) zinc.
(b) Which impurities are present in bauxite?
(c) What is red mud, how is it removed?
Solution 2
(a)
(i) Ores
of aluminium
Name
|
Chemical name
|
Formula
|
Bauxite
|
Hydrated aluminium oxide
|
Al3O32H2O
|
Cryolite
|
Sodium aluminium oxide
|
Na3AlF6
|
(ii)Ores of iron
Name
|
Chemical name
|
Formula
|
Red haematite
|
Anhydrous ferric oxide
|
Fe2O3
|
Brown haematite
|
Hydrated ferric oxide
|
2Fe2O3.3H2O
|
(b) Bauxite ore contains approximately 60%
aluminium
oxide. The rest being sand, ferric oxide and titanium oxide.
(c)
Red mud consists of ferric oxide, sand etc. left after
bauxite dissolves in NaOH forming sodium aluminate and is
removed by filtration.
(i)Ores of aluminium
Question 3
In order to obtain 1 tonne of aluminium, the following
inputs are required: 4 tonnes of bauxite, 150 kg of sodium
hydroxide and 600 kg of graphite. The aluminium compound in
bauxite is aluminium oxide and the main impurity is iron
(III) oxide. Aluminium is obtained by the electrolysis of
aluminium oxide dissolved in cryolite.
a. When bauxite is treated with sodium hydroxide solution,
what happens to
i. the aluminium oxide
ii. the iron (III) oxide
b.
i. Name the process used for the purification of bauxite.
ii. Write the equation for the action of heat on aluminium
hydroxide.
c.
i. Write the formula of cryolite.
ii. Write down the word which correctly completes the
following sentence. By dissolving aluminium oxide in
cryolite a (conducting/non-conducting) solution is produced.
iii. Why is so much graphite required for the electrolytic
process?
iv. Write the equation for the reaction which takes place
at the cathode.
v. What is cathode made up of?
Solution 3
a.
i. Aluminium oxide dissolves in sodium hydroxide and forms
sodium meta aluminate leaving behind insoluble impurities
consisting of ferric oxide which is removed by filtration.
b.
i. The process used for the purification of bauxite is
Baeyer's process.
ii. Action of heat on aluminium hydroxide:
c.
i. Formula of cryolite is
ii. By dissolving aluminium oxide in cryolite, a conducting
solution is produced.
iii. Thick graphite rods are used as the anode. The anode
has to be replaced from time to time, as it gets oxidised by
evolved oxygen.
iv. Reaction at the cathode:
v. The cathode is made of carbon.
Question 4
Aluminium is extracted from its chief ore, bauxite. The ore
is first purified and then the metal is extracted from it by
electrolytic reduction.
a. Write three balanced equations for the purification of
bauxite.
b. Name a chemical used for dissolving aluminium oxide. In
which state of subdivision is the chemical used?
c. Write an equation for the reaction which takes place at
the anode during the extraction of aluminium by the
electrolytic process.
d. Mention one reason for the use of aluminium in thermite
welding.
Solution 4
a. Balanced equations for the purification of bauxite:
b. Chemicals used for dissolving aluminium oxide: Fluorspar
and cryolite Alumina 20%, cryolite 60%, fluorspar 20%
C.At anode: Al - 3e- → Al3+
d. Aluminium is a good reducing agent used for thermite
welding.
Question 5
a. A to F below relate to the source and extraction of
either zinc or aluminium:
A. Bauxite
B. Coke
C. Cryolite
D. Froth floatation
E. Sodium hydroxide solution
F. Zinc blende
i. Write down the three letters each from the above list
which are relevant to
1. Zinc
2. Aluminium
ii. Fill in the blanks using the most appropriate words
from A to F.
1. The ore from which aluminium is extracted must first be
treated with ………………. so that pure aluminium oxide can be
obtained.
2. Pure aluminium oxide is dissolved in ….. to make a
conducting solution.
iii. Write the formula of cryolite.
Solution 5
a.
i.
1. Zinc
Zinc blende, Froth flotation, Coke
2. Aluminium
Cryolite, Bauxite, Sodium hydroxide solution
b.
ii.
1. The ore from which aluminium is extracted must first be
treated with sodium
hydroxide solution so that pure aluminium oxide can be
obtained.
2. Pure aluminium oxide is dissolved in
cryolite to
make a conducting solution.
iii. Formula of cryolite is Na3AlF6.
Question 6
Explain with reasons:
(a) In the electrolytic reduction of alumina, the graphite
anode is gradually consumed.
or
Why the anode has to be replaced in this process?
(b) Roasting is carried out on
sulphide
ores and not on carbonates ores.
(c) Carbon can reduce lead oxide but not
aluminium
oxide.
(d) Electrolytic reduction is done to obtain aluminium.
(e) Why 'food containing iron salts' should not be cooked in
aluminium utensils?
(f) A neutral gas other than oxygen is formed at the anode
during electrolysis of fused alumina.
Solution 6
(a) In the electrolytic reduction of alumina, the graphite
(anode) is oxidized by oxygen to CO and further forms CO2,
so it is consumed and has to be replaced from time to time.
2C + O2
2CO
2CO + O2
2CO2
(b) Roasting provides oxygen to convert metallic
sulphides
into metallic oxide and SO2 which takes place
when heated in excess of air.
Carbonate is converted into oxide by loss of CO2
which takes place in the absence of air and when heated
strongly.
(c)
Aluminium
has a great affinity towards oxygen and so cannot be reduced
by carbon or carbon monoxide or hydrogen whereas lead oxide
can be easily reduced to metal lead by carbon.
PbO
+ C
Pb
+ CO
(d) Aluminium oxide is a very stable compound because of its
great affinity for oxygen. It is not reduced easily by
common reducing agents such as carbon or hydrogen. Hence,
electrolytic reduction is done to obtain aluminium.
(e) Aluminium comes before iron in the metal activity series
so it can displace iron from iron salts; thus, food
containing iron salts should not be cooked in aluminium
utensils.
(f) An
anode is made of carbon which gets oxidised in the presence
of oxygen to form carbon monoxide which is a neutral gas.
2C + O2 → 2CO
An anode is made of carbon which gets oxidised in the
presence of oxygen to form carbon monoxide which is a
neutral gas.
2C + O2 → 2CO
Question 7
For each substance listed below, explain its significance in
the extraction of aluminium:
a. Bauxite
b. Sodium hydroxide
c. Cryolite
d. Graphite
Solution 7
a. Bauxite Aluminium is extracted from bauxite ore. It
contains 60% Al2O3
b. Sodium hydroxide The ore from which aluminium is
extracted must first be treated with sodium hydroxide
solution so that pure aluminium oxide can be obtained.
c. Cryolite It lowers the fusion temperature and enhances
conductivity.
d. Graphite Thick graphite rods are used as the anode in
electrolytic reduction.
Question 8
Distinguish between electrolytic methods of reduction and
refining.
Solution 8
Electrolytic Reduction
(i)It
is removal of oxide or halide from a metal.
(ii)Oxides of highly active metals like
Na,K,Ca,Mg,Al
are reduced by electrolytic reduction of their fused salts.
(iii)Oxides of these metals have great affinity for oxygen
than carbon and cannot be reduced by carbon or CO or
hydrogen.
Electrolytic refining of metals is the separation of
residual impurities like Si and phosphorus.
(i)Presence
of other metals and non-metals like Si and phosphorus.
(ii)Unreduced oxides and
sulphides
of metals.
It depends upon:
(i)Nature
of metal
(ii)Purpose for which metal is to be obtained.
(iii)Nature of impurities present.
Impure metal is made anode while a thin sheet of pure metal
is made cathode and electrolyte used is a salt of solution
of a metal to be refined.
Question 9
Give three ways in which the metal zinc differs from the
non-metal carbon. At least one of the differences must be a
chemical difference.
Solution 9
The three ways in which metal zinc differs from the
non-metal carbon is:
1. Zinc has a
valency
2 and carbon has
valency
4.
2. Zinc does not form hydride but carbon does (CH4).
3. Oxides of zinc are
amphoteric
(ZnO)
whereas oxides of carbon are acidic (CO2) and
neutral (CO).
Question 10
a. Aluminium is a more active metal than iron but suffers
less corrosion. Why?
b. Explain and give reasons why aluminium vessels should not
be cleaned with powders containing alkalis.
Solution 10
a. When aluminium is exposed to the atmospheric air, it
combines with oxygen and a film of aluminium oxide (Al2O3)
is formed at the surface. This hard, tightly adhering film
of aluminium oxide prevents corrosion.
b. Aluminium vessels should not be cleaned with powders
containing alkalis because aluminium reacts with alkalis to
produce meta aluminate.
Question 11
Fill in the blanks:
(a) During the concentration of bauxite ore, aluminium goes
in ………. (soluble/insoluble) part because of its ……………
(acidic/basic/amphoteric) nature.
(b) In Hoope's process, pure aluminium is collected at the
…………… (top/bottom) of the electrolytic cell.
Solution 11
(a) During the concentration of bauxite ore, aluminium goes
in the soluble
part because of its
amphoteric nature.
(b) In Hoope's process, pure aluminium is collected at the
top of
the electrolytic cell.
Chemistry Class X Chapter 6 - Electrolysis Exercise Intext 1
Question 1
Fill in the blanks:
(a) Powdered sodium chloride (common salt) does not conduct
an electric current, but it does so when ____ or when _____.
(b) Molten lead bromide conducts electricity. It is called
an____. It is composed of lead ____ and bromide _____. The
lead ions are ____charged and are called_____. The bromide
____ are _____ charged and are called ______.
(c) Substances which conduct electricity in the solid state
are generally ______.
(d) The electron releasing tendency of zinc is _____than
that of copper.
(e) A solution of
HCl
gas in water conducts electricity because _____, but a
solution of
HCl
gas in toluene does not conduct an electric current
because_____.
(f) Pure water consists entirely of ………….. (ions/molecules).
(g) We can expect that pure water …………… (will/will not)
normally conduct electricity.
(h) Electrolysis is the passage of…………….
(electricity/electrons) through a liquid or a solution
accompanied by a ………….. (physical/chemical) change.
Solution 1
(a) Powdered sodium chloride (common salt) does not conduct
an electric current, but it does so when dissolved in
water or when melted.
(b) Molten lead bromide conducts electricity .It is called
an electrolyte. It is composed of lead ions
and bromide ions. The lead ions are positively
charged and are called
cations.
The bromide ions are negatively charged and
are called anions.
(c) Substances which conduct electricity in the solid state
are generally metals.
(d) The electron releasing tendency of zinc is more
than that of copper.
(e) A solution of
HCl
gas in water conducts electricity because it
ionizes
,
but a solution of
HCl
gas in toluene does not conduct an electric current because
it does not ionize in toluene.
(f) Pure water consists entirely of molecules.
(g) We can expect that pure water will not normally
conduct electricity.
(h) Electrolysis is the passage of electricity
through a liquid or a solution accompanied by a chemical
change.
Question 2
Define the following terms:
(a) Electrolysis
(b) Non-electrolyte
(c)
Cation
and an anion
(d) Weak electrolyte
Solution 2
(a) Electrolysis: It is the process of decomposition of a
chemical compound in aqueous solutions or in molten state
accompanied by a chemical change using direct electric
current.
(b) Non-electrolyte: It is a compound which neither in
solution nor in the molten state allows an electric current
to pass through it.
(c)
Cation
and anion: Atoms which carry positive charge are called
cations.
Atoms which carry negative charge are called anions.
(d) Weak electrolyte: Electrolytes which allow small amount
of electricity to flow through them and are partially
dissociated in fused or aqueous solution are called weak
electrolyte.
Question 3
What is the difference between:
(a) Modern explanation and Arrhenius explanation for the
theory of electrolysis
(b) Electrolytic dissociation and ionization
(c) A
cation
and an anion
(d) Electrolytic dissociation and thermal dissociation
(e) Strong electrolyte and weak electrolyte
Solution 3
(a) Difference between Modern explanation and Arrhenius
explanation for the theory of electrolysis:
Arrhenius considered that water ionizes electrolytes but
Modern theory explained that electrolytes are ionic even in
solid state and their ions are held by strong electrostatic
forces which make them immobile. Water renders these ions
mobility by breaking the electrostatic forces.
(b) Difference between electrolytic dissociation and
ionization :
Ionisation
|
Dissociation
|
1. Formation of positively or negatively charged
ions from molecules which are not initially in the
ionic state.
|
1. Separation of ions which are already present in
an ionic compound.
|
2. Polar covalent compounds show ionization. e.g.
HCl,
H2CO3, NH4OH etc.
|
1. Electrovalent compounds show dissociation. e.g.
Potassium chloride , lead bromide, etc.
|
(c) A
cation
and anion:
Cation
|
Anion
|
1. Are positively charged ions.
|
Are negatively charged ions.
|
2. Migrate to cathode during electrolysis.
|
Migrate to anode during electrolysis.
|
3. Gain electron from the cathode and get reduced to
become a neutral atom.
|
Lose electrons to the anode and get oxidized to
become a neutral atom.
|
(d) Electrolytic dissociation and thermal dissociation:
Electrolytic dissociation is the dissociation of an
electrovalent compound into ions in the fused state or in
aqueous solution state.
Thermal dissociation: Reversible breakdown of a chemical
compound into simpler substances by heating it. The
splitting of ammonium chloride into ammonia and hydrogen
chloride is an example. On cooling, they recombine to form
the salt.
(e)
Strong Electrolytes
|
Weak Electrolytes
|
Electrolytes which allow a large amount of
electricity to flow through them.
|
Electrolytes which allow small amounts of
electricity to flow through them.
|
These are good conductors of electricity.
|
These are poor conductors of electricity.
|
These almost completely dissociate in the fused or
aqueous solution state.
|
These are partially dissociated in the fused or
aqueous solution state.
|
These solutions contain only free mobile ions.
|
These solutions contain ions as well as molecules.
|
Question 4
Name:
(a) A salt which is a weak electrolyte
(b) A base which is a weak electrolyte
(c) An inert electrode and an active electrode
(d) A positively charged non-metallic ion
(e) The electrode at which reduction occurs
(f) A non-metallic element which is a conductor of
electricity
Solution 4
(a) Sodium carbonate
(b) NH4OH
(c) An inert electrode: graphite and Active electrode:
silver
(d) H+
(e) Electrode is cathode
(f) Graphite
Question 5
Electrolysis is a
redox
process. Explain.
Solution 5
Electrolysis is a
redox
process. The reaction at the cathode involves reduction of
cations
as they gain of electrons while the reaction at anode
involves oxidation of anions as they loss of electrons to
become neutral.
Example: Dissociation of sodium chloride during
electrolysis.
NaCl
Na+
+
Cl-
Cathode : Na+ + e-
Na(reduction)
Cl-
- e-
Cl(oxidation)
Cl
+
Cl
Cl2
Overall reaction:2NaCl
2Na
+ Cl2
Question 6
Classify the following substances under three headings:
a. strong electrolytes
b. weak electrolytes
c. non-electrolytes
Acetic acid, ammonium chloride, ammonium hydroxide, carbon
tetrachloride, dilute hydrochloric acid, sodium acetate,
dilute sulphuric acid.
Solution 6
a. dilute hydrochloric acid, dilute sulphuric acid, sodium
acetate
b. acetic acid, ammonium hydroxide
c. carbon tetrachloride
Question 7
Explain why:
a. Cu, though a good conductor of electricity, is a
non-electrolyte.
b. Solid sodium chloride does not allow electricity to pass
through.
Solution 7
a. Copper metal is a solid and has no mobile ions, whereas
an electrolyte should dissociate into oppositely charged
ions to conduct the electric current.
b. In solid sodium chloride, Na+ and Cl-
ions are not mobile to conduct the electric current.
Question 8
Choose A, B, C or D to match the descriptions
(i) to (v) below. Some letters may be repeated.
A. non-electrolyte
B. strong electrolyte
C. weak electrolyte
D. metallic conductor
i. Molten ionic compound
ii. Carbon tetrachloride
iii. An aluminium wire
iv. A solution containing solvent molecules, solute
molecules and ions formed by the dissociation of solute
molecules.
v. A sugar solution with sugar molecules and water
molecules.
Solution 8
i. Molten ionic compound - strong electrolyte
ii. Carbon tetrachloride - non-electrolyte
iii. Aluminium wire - metallic conductor
iv. A solution containing solvent molecules, solute
molecules and ions formed by the dissociation of solute
molecules. - weak electrolyte
v. A sugar solution with sugar molecules and water
molecules. - non-electrolyte
Chapter 6 - Electrolysis Exercise Intext 2
Question 1
Name two substances in each case:
(a) Contain only molecules
(b) Contain only ions
(c) Contain ions as well as molecules
Solution 1
(a) Glucose, Kerosene
(b)
NaCl
and
NaOH
(c) CH3COOH and NH4OH
Question 2
Select the ion in each case that would get selectively
discharged from the aqueous mixture of the ions listed
below:
Solution 2
(a) OH-
(b)Ag+
Question 3
(a) Among Zn and Cu, which would occur more readily in
nature as metal and which as ion?
(b) Why cannot we store AgNO3 solution in copper
vessel?
(c) Out of Cu and Ag, which is more active?
Solution 3
(a) Zn occurs readily as ion whereas Cu occurs more readily
as metal in nature.
(b) Copper is above silver in the electrochemical series and
is thus more reactive than silver. So, copper displaces
silver from silver nitrate. Hence, we cannot store AgNO3
solution in copper vessel.
Cu +AgNO3
Cu(NO3)2
+ 2Ag
(c)
Copper is more active than Ag.
Question 4
(a) How would you change a metal like Cu into ions?
(b) How would you change Cu2+ ions to Cu?
Solution 4
(a) By treating its salt with a more reactive metal.
(b) By supplying two electrons to Cu+2
Cu+2 + 2e-
Cu
Question 5
A solution of caustic soda (NaOH)
in water or when fused, conducts an electric current. What
is the similarity in these two cases?
Solution 5
In the aqueous state, the slightly negatively charged oxygen
atoms of the polar water molecule exerts
a pull on the positively charged sodium ions. A similar pull
is exerted by the slightly charged hydrogen atoms of the
water on the negatively charged chloride ions. Thus the ions
become free in solution. These free ions conduct
electricity.
In the molten state, the high temperatures required to melt
the solid weakens the bond between the particles and the
ions are set free.
Question 6
During electrolysis of an aqueous solution of
sulphuric
acid between platinum electrodes, two types of anions
migrate towards the anode but only one of them is
discharged.
(a) Name the two anions.
(b) Name the main product of the discharge of anion at the
anode and write the anode reaction.
(c) Name the product at the cathode and write the reaction.
(d) Do you notice any change in
colour.
State why?
(e) Why this electrolysis is considered as an example of
catalysis.
Solution 6
(a) Two anions are
and
OH-.
(b) OH- is discharged at anode and the main
product of the discharge of OH- is O2
Reaction is :
OH-
OH
+e-
4OH
2H2O
+ O2
(c) The product formed at cathode is hydrogen. The reaction
is :
H+ + e-
H
H + H
H2
(d) No change in
colour
is observed.
(e) Dilute
sulphuric
acid
catalyse
the dissociation of water molecules into ions, hence
electrolysis of acidified water is considered as an example
of catalysis.
Question 7
Copper sulphate solution is electrolysed using a platinum
anode. Study the diagram given alongside and answer the
following questions:
a. Give the names of the electrodes A and B.
b. Which electrode is the oxidising electrode?
Solution 7
a. A = Platinum anode, B = Platinum or copper cathode
b. A = Platinum anode
Question 8
To carry out the so-called 'electrolysis of water',
sulphuric acid is added to water. How does the addition of
sulphuric acid produce a conducting solution?
Solution 8
The addition of sulphuric acid causes dissociation of water
into H+ ions and OH- ions.
Question 9(a)
Choosing only words from the following list, write down the
appropriate words to fill in the blanks (i) to (v) below:
Anions ,
anode, cathode,
cations
, electrode, electrolyte, nickel ,
voltameter.
The electroplating of an article with nickel requires an (i)
____ which must be solution containing (ii) ____ ions. The
article to be plated is placed as the (iii) ____ of the cell
in which the plating is carried out. The (iv) ____ of the
cell is made from pure nickel. The ions that are attracted
to the negative electrode and discharged are called (v)
_____.
Solution 9(a)
(a) Electrolyte
(b) Nickel
(c) Cathode
(d) Anode
(e)
Cations
Question 9(b)
When a molten ionic compound is electrolysed, the metal is
always formed at …………… and the non-metal is formed at …………..
Solution 9(b)
cathode, anode
Question 9(c)
Electrolysis of acidulated water is an example of …………
(Reduction/ oxidation/ redox reaction/synthesis)
Solution 9(c)
Electrolysis of acidulated water is an example of
redox reaction.
Question 10
Explain the following :
(a) A solution of cane sugar does not conduct electricity,
but a solution of sodium chloride is a good conductor,
(b) Hydrochloric acid is a good conductor of electricity.
(c) During the electrolysis of an aqueous solution of NaCl,
hydrogen ion is reduced at the cathode and not the sodium
ion though both Na+ and H+ ions are
present in the solution.
(d) On electrolysis of dilute copper (II) sulphate solution,
copper is deposited at the cathode but hydrogen gas evolves
there. Explain why.
(e) When a dilute aqueous solution of sodium chloride is
electrolysed between platinum electrodes, hydrogen gas is
evolved at the cathode but metallic sodium is not deposited.
Why?
(f) Zinc can produce hydrogen on reacting with acids but
copper cannot. Explain.
Solution 10
(a) Cane sugar is a compound which does not have ions even
in solution and contains only molecules. Hence, it does not
conduct electricity. On the other hand, sodium chloride
solution contains free mobile ions and allows electric
current to pass through it. This makes it a good conductor
of electricity.
(b) Hydrochloric acid is a strong electrolyte and
dissociates completely in aqueous solution. The solution
contains free mobile ions which allow electric current to
pass through it. Hence, hydrochloric acid is a good
conductor of electricity.
(c) Hydrogen is placed lower in the electrochemical series
and sodium is placed at a higher position. This is because H+
ions are discharged more easily at the cathode than Na+
during electrolysis and gains electrons more easily.
Therefore, H+ ion is reduced at the cathode and
not Na+ ion.
(d)Copper is placed below hydrogen in the activity series.
Cu2+ on reduction is discharged as metallic
copper in preference to hydrogen.
(e) Since hydrogen is much below sodium in the activity
series, hydrogen is discharged at the cathode in preference
to sodium.
(f)Zinc is more reactive than hydrogen, so it displaces
hydrogen from acids, but copper is less reactive than
hydrogen, so it does not liberate hydrogen from acids.
Chapter 6 - Electrolysis Exercise Ex. 6
Question (2008)
(a) Here is an electrode reaction :
Cu
Cu+2
+2e-
At which electrode (anode or cathode) would such a reaction
take place? Is this an example of oxidation or reduction?
(b) A solution contains magnesium ions (Mg+2),
iron (II) ions (Fe+2) and copper ions (Cu+2).On
passing an electric current through this solution, which
ions will be first to be discharged at the cathode? Write
the equation for the cathode reaction.
(c) Why is carbon tetrachloride, which is a liquid a
non-electrolyte?
(d)
During the electrolysis of molten lead bromide, which of the
following takes place?
A. Bromine is released at the cathode
B. Lead is deposited at the anode
C. Bromine ions gain electrons
D. Lead is deposited at the cathode
Solution (2008)
(a) The reaction takes place at anode. This is an example of
oxidation.
(b) Cu+2 will discharge easily at cathode.
Reaction at cathode:
Cu+2 +2e-
Cu
(c) Carbon tetrachloride is a non-electrolyte because it is
a covalent compound. It does not ionize and hence do not
conduct electricity.
(D) During the electrolysis of molten lead bromide. Lead is
deposited at cathode.
Question (2016)
Give reasons
why :
(a) Sodium Chloride will conduct electricity only in fused
or aqueous solution state.
(b) In the electroplating of an article with silver, the
electrolyte sodium argentocyanide solution is preferred over
silver nitrate solution.
(c) Although copper is a good conductor of electricity, it
is a non-electrolyte.
Solution (2016)
(a) Electrostatic forces of attraction between ions in the
solid state are very strong. These forces weaken in the
fused or solution state. Hence, ions become mobile.
(b) If silver nitrate solution is used directly instead of
double cyanide of silver and sodium, silver will deposit
very fast and its deposition will not be smooth and
uniform.
(c) Copper has no mobile electrons in the solid state and an
electrolyte should dissociate into oppositely charged ions
to conduct electricity.
Hence, copper is a non-electrolyte.
Question 1
Give reasons for the following:
(a) Electrolysis of molten lead bromide is considered to be
a reaction in which oxidation and reduction go side by side
i.e,
a
redox
reaction.
(b) The blue
colour
of aqueous copper
sulphate
fades when it is electrolyzed using platinum electrodes.
(c) Lead bromide undergoes electrolytic dissociation in the
molten state but is a non-electrolyte in the solid state.
(d)
Aluminium
is extracted from its oxide by electrolytic reduction and
not by conventional reducing agents.
(e) The ratio of hydrogen and oxygen formed at the cathode
and anode is 2:1 by volume.
(f) In the electrolysis of acidified water, dilute
sulphuric
acid is preferred to dilute nitric acid for acidification.
(g) Ammonia is unionized in the gaseous state but in the
aqueous solution, it is a weak electrolyte.
(h) A graphite anode is preferred to other inert electrode
during electrolysis of fused lead bromide.
(i)
For electroplating with silver, silver nitrate is not used
as electrolyte.
(j) Carbon tetrachloride is a liquid but does not conduct
electricity.
(k) Potassium is not extracted by electrolysis of its
aqueous salt solution.
Solution 1
(a) During electrolysis of lead bromide, there is loss of
electrons at anode by bromine and gain of electrons at
cathode by lead. Thus oxidation and reduction go side by
side. Therefore, it is a
redox
reaction.
(b) The blue
colour
of copper ions fades due to decrease in Cu+2 ions
and finally the solution becomes
colourless
as soon as Cu+2 ions are finished.
(c) Lead bromide dissociate into ions in the molten state
whereas it does not dissociate in solid state. The ions
become free when lead bromide is in molten state but in the
solid state the ions are not free since they are packed
tightly together due to electrostatic force between them.
Therefore, lead bromide undergoes electrolytic dissociation
in the molten state.
(d)
Aluminium
has great affinity towards oxygen, so it is not reduced by
reducing agent. Therefore it is extracted from its oxide by
electrolytic reduction.
(e) As per electrolytic reactions, 4H+1 are
needed at cathode and 4OH- at the anode and two
molecules of water are produced at the anode. Hence for
every two molecules of water, two molecules of hydrogen and
one molecule of oxygen are liberated at the cathode and
anode respectively.
(f) This is because HNO3 is volatile.
(g) Ammonia is a covalent compound. Therefore, it is
unionized in the gaseous state but in the aqueous solution
it gives NH4OH which is a weak electrolyte and
dissociates into ions.
(h) Graphite is unaffected by the bromine vapours.
(i)
Silver nitrate is not used as electrolyte for electroplating
with silver because the deposition of silver will be very
fast and hence not very smooth and uniform.
(j) Carbon tetrachloride is a liquid and does not conduct
electricity because it is a covalent compound and there are
no free ions present and contain only molecules.
(k) Potassium is not extracted from its aqueous salt
solution by electrolysis as it can react with water.
Question 2(a)
Copy and complete the following table which refers to two
practical applications of electrolysis
|
Anode
|
Electrolyte
|
Cathode
|
Silver plating of spoon
|
|
Solution of potassium
argentocyanide
|
|
Purification of copper
|
|
|
|
|
Solution 2(a)
|
Anode
|
Electrolyte
|
Cathode
|
Silver plating of spoon
|
Plate of pure clean silver
|
Solution of potassium
argentocyanide
|
Article to be electroplated
|
Purification of copper
|
Impure copper
|
Solution of copper
sulphate
and dilute
sulphuric
acid
|
Thin strip of pure copper
|
Question 2(b)
Write the equation taking place at the anode for Q. 2(a).
Solution 2(b)
i. Ag - e- → Ag+
ii. Cu - e-→ Cu2+
iii. Cl- - e- → Cl
Cl + Cl →Cl2
Question 3
(a) Draw a labeled diagram to show how iron is electroplated
with copper.
(b) Which solution is preferred as electrolyte, CuSO4
or FeSO4?
(c) Describe what happens to the iron object and the copper
rod.
Solution 3
(a)
(b) CuSO4 is preferred as an electrolyte.
(c) The copper anode continuously dissolves as ions in
solution and is replaced periodically. The electrolyte
dissociates into Cu+2 ions which migrate towards
the iron object taken as the cathode and are deposited as
neutral copper atoms on the cathode.
Electrolyte:
Aqueous solution of nickel sulphate
Dissociation:
CuSO4
Cu2+
+ SO42-
H2O
H+ +
OH-
Electrodes:
Cathode: Article to be electroplated
Anode: Block of pure copper
Electrode reactions:
Reaction at cathode: Cu2+ + 2e-→ Cu
(deposited)
Reaction at anode: Cu - 2e-→ Cu2+
Question 4
Element X is a metal with a
valency
2. Element Y is a non-metal with a
valency
3.
(a) Write equations to show how X and Y form ions?
(b) If Y is a diatomic gas, write the equation for the
direct combination of X and Y to form a compound.
(c) If the compound formed between X and Y is melted and an
electric current passed through the molten compound, the
element X will be obtained at the _____ and Y at the
_________of the electrolytic cell.(Provide the missing
words)
Solution 4
(a) X
X2+
+2e-,Y + 3e-
Y3-
(b) Y2 + 3X
X3Y2
(c) Cathode, Anode
Question 5
Write two applications of electrolysis in which the anode
diminishes in mass.
Solution 5
i. Electroplating of metals
ii. Electrorefining of metals
Question 6
(a) What kind of particles will be found in a liquid
compound which is a non- electrolyte?
(b) If HX is a weak acid, what particles will be present in
its dilute solution apart from those of water?
(c)
Cations
are formed by ____ (loss/gain) of electrons and anions are
formed by _________(loss/gain)
of electrons. (Choose the correct word to fill in blank)
(d) What ions must be present in a solution used for
electroplating a particular metal?
Solution 6
(a) Non-electrolyte contains molecules.
(b) Molecules of HX and H+ and X-
ions.
(c) Loss
(d) The electrolyte used for the purpose must contain the
ions of metal which is to be electroplated on the article.
Question 7
A strip of copper is placed in four different colourless
salt solutions. They are KNO3, AgNO3,
Zn(NO3)2 and Ca(NO3)2.
Which one of the solutions will finally turn blue?
Solution 7
AgNO3 solution
Question 2009(a)
Select the correct answer: The aqueous solution of the
compound which contains both ions and molecules is
A. H2SO4
B. HCl
C. HNO3
D. CH3COOH
Solution 2009(a)
D. CH3COOH
Question 2009(b)
Correct the following statement: Lead bromide conducts
electricity.
Solution 2009(b)
Molten lead bromide conducts electricity.
Question 2009(c)
A metal article is to be electroplated with silver. The
electrolyte selected is sodium argentocyanide.
i. What kind of salt is sodium argentocyanide?
ii. Why is it preferred to silver nitrate as an
electrolyte?
iii. State one condition to ensure that the deposit is
smooth, firm and long lasting.
iv. Write the reaction taking place at the cathode.
v. Write the reaction taking place at the anode.
Solution 2009(c)
i. Complex salt
ii. On using silver nitrate, the deposition of silver on
the cathode is very fast and hence not very smooth and
uniform because it is a strong electrolyte.
iii. A long current for a longer time should be used.
iv. Ag+ + e- → Ag
v. Ag - e- → Ag+
Question 2009(d)
Aqueous solution of nickel sulphate contains Ni2+
and SO42- ions.
i. Which ion moves towards the cathode?
ii. What is the product at the anode?
Solution 2009(d)
i. Ni2+ ions
ii. Oxygen gas, when an inert electrode is used.
Question 2010(a)
Select the correct answer: A compound which during
electrolysis in its molten state liberates a reddish brown
gas at the anode.
i. Sodium chloride
ii. Copper [II] oxide
iii. Copper [II] sulphate
iv. Lead [II] bromide
Solution 2010(a)
iv. Lead [II] bromide
Question 2010(b)
During electroplating of an article with nickel,
i. Name
A. The electrolyte
B. The cathode
C. The anode
ii. Give the reaction of electrolysis at
A. The cathode
B. The anode
Solution 2010(b)
i.
A. Aqueous solution of nickel sulphate with few drops of
dil. sulphuric acid
B. Article (e.g. key chain)
C. Pure nickel
ii.
A. Ni2+ + 2e- →Ni
B. Ni → Ni2+ + 2e-
Question 2010(c)
A, B and C are three electrolytic cells connected in
different circuits. Cell 'A' contains NaCl solution. And the
bulb in the circuit glows brightly when the circuit is
completed. Cell 'B' contains acetic acid and the bulb glows
dimly. Cell 'C' contains sugar solution, and the bulb does
not glow. Give reason for each observation.
Solution 2010(c)
Cell A contains sodium chloride solution which is a strong
electrolyte and contains only ions. So, it conducts
electricity and the bulb glows brightly.
Cell B contains both ions and molecules. So, there are few
ions to conduct electricity and the bulb glows dimly.
Cell C contains sugar solution which is a non-electrolyte
and does not contain ions. So, it is a bad conductor of
electricity and the bulb does not glow.
Question 2011(a)
Give reason: The electrolysis of acidulated water is
considered to be an example of catalysis.
Solution 2011(a)
Dilute sulphuric acid catalyses dissociation, so
electrolysis of acidified water is considered an example of
catalysis.
Question 2011(b)
During the electrolysis of copper [H] sulphate solution
using platinum as a cathode and carbon as an anode,
i. State what you observe at the cathode and at the anode.
ii. State the change noticed in the electrolyte.
iii. Write the reactions at the cathode and at the anode.
Solution 2011(b)
i. Red shiny metal deposits at the cathode.
ii. The colour of the electrolytes changes gradually from
blue to colourless.
iii. At the cathode:
Cu2+ + 2e- → Cu
Reaction at the anode:
OH- → OH + e-
4OH → 2H2O + O2
Question 2011(c)
Differentiate between electrical conductivity of copper
sulphate solution and that of copper metal.
Solution 2011(c)
Copper sulphate solution
|
Copper metal
|
Conduction of electricity is due to the flow of
ions.
|
Conduction of electricity is due to the flow of
electrons.
|
It is an aqueous solution of an ionic compound.
|
It is a metal in the solid state.
|
It undergoes a chemical change.
|
It remains unchanged chemically.
|
Question 2012(a)
Identify the weak electrolyte from the following:
i. Sodium chloride solution
ii. Dilute hydrochloric acid
iii. Dilute sulphuric acid
iv. Aq. acetic acid
Solution 2012(a)
iv. Aq. acetic acid
Question 2012(b)
Match the following in Column A with the correct
answer from the choices given in Column B:
Column A
|
Column B
|
1. Ammonium hydroxide solution
|
(i) Contains only ions
|
2. Dilute hydrochloric acid
|
(ii) Contains only molecules
|
3. Carbon tetrachloride
|
(iii) Contains ions and molecules
|
Solution 2012(b)
Ammonium hydroxide solution - Contains ions and molecules
Dilute hydrochloric acid - Contains only ions
Carbon tetrachloride - Contains only molecules
Question 2012(c)
Give reason: An aqueous solution of sodium chloride conducts
electricity.
Solution 2012(c)
An aqueous solution of sodium chloride contains free sodium
ions and chloride ions. It thus allows a large amount of
electricity to flow through and the bulb glows brightly.
Question 2012(d)
Select the correct answer from the list in brackets:
i. An aqueous electrolyte consists of the ions mentioned in
the list. The ion which could be discharged most readily
during electrolysis... [Fe2+, Cu2+, Pb2+,
H1+]
ii. The metallic electrode which does not take part in an
electrolytic reaction... [Cu, Ag, Pt, Ni]
iii. The ion which is discharged at the anode during the
electrolysis of copper sulphate solution using copper
electrodes as anode and cathode… [Cu2+, OH1-,
SO42-, H1+]
iv. When dilute sodium chloride is electrolysed using
graphite electrodes, the cation which is discharged at the
cathode most readily... [Na1+, OH1-, H1+,
Cl1-]
v. During silver plating of an article using potassium
argentocyanide as an electrolyte, the anode material should
be... [Cu, Ag, Pt, Fe]
Solution 2012(d)
i. Cu2+
ii. Pt
iii. Cu2+
iv. H+
v. Ag
Question 2013(a)
State one appropriate observation for: Electricity is passed
through molten lead bromide.
Solution 2013(a)
Dark reddish brown fumes of bromine evolve at the anode and
greyish white metal lead is formed on the cathode.
Question 2013(b)
State which of these will act as a non-electrolyte:
i. Liquid carbon tetrachloride
ii. Acetic acid
iii. Sodium hydroxide aqueous solution
iv. Potassium chloride aqueous solution
Solution 2013(b)
i. Liquid carbon tetrachloride
Question 2013(c)
Copper sulphate soln. is electrolysed using copper
electrodes.
i. Which electrode to your left or right is known as the
oxidising electrode and why?
ii. Write the equation representing the reaction that
occurs.
iii. State two appropriate observations for the above
electrolysis reaction.
Solution 2013(c)
i. The right electrode is the anode and oxidising
electrode. Cu
→
Cu2+ + 2e- losing electrode.
ii. Reaction at the anode: Cu
→
Cu2+ + 2e-
Reaction at the cathode: Cu2+ + 2e-→
Cu
iii. The
anode dissolves and anode mud containing precious metal is
recovered.
Question 2013(d)
Identify: A gas which does not conduct electricity in
the liquid state but conducts electricity when dissolved in
water.
Solution 2013(d)
Hydrogen chloride
Question 2014(a)
The observation seen when fused lead bromide is electrolysed
is
i. A silver grey deposit at anode and a reddish brown
deposit at cathode.
ii. A silver grey deposit at cathode and a reddish brown
deposit at anode.
iii. A silver grey deposit at cathode and reddish brown
fumes at anode.
iv. Silver grey fumes at anode and reddish brown fumes at
cathode.
Solution 2014(a)
iii. A silver grey deposit at cathode and reddish brown
fumes at anode.
Question 2014(b)
During electroplating an article with silver, the
electrolyte used is
i. Silver nitrate solution
ii. Silver cyanide solution
iii. Sodium argentocyanide solution
iv. Nickel sulphate solution
Solution 2014(b)
iii. Sodium argentocyanide solution
Question 2014(c)
Give one word or phrase for: Electrolytic deposition of a
superior metal on a baser metal.
Solution 2014(c)
Galvanisation
Question 2014(d)
State your observation seen: At the cathode when acidified
aqueous copper sulphate solution is electrolysed with copper
electrodes.
Solution 2014(d)
Acidified aqueous copper sulphate solution is electrolysed
with copper electrodes by electrolysis. The electrolysis of
an aqueous solution of copper sulphate using copper
electrodes (i.e. using active electrodes) results in
transfer of copper metal from the anode to the cathode
during electrolysis. The copper sulphate is ionised in the
aqueous solution.
Copper sulphate solution is ionised by the following
chemical equation:
CuSO4 →
Cu2+ + SO42-
The positively charged copper ions migrate to the cathode,
where each gains two electrons to become copper atoms which
are deposited on the cathode.
Cu2+ + 2e-→
Cu
Hence, the colour of copper sulphate changes from
blue to colourless.
Question 2014(e)
State which electrode: anode or cathode is the oxidising
electrode. Give a reason for the same.
Solution 2014(e)
Cathode (Reducing electrode): At the cathode, the cations
gain electrons to form neutral atoms. As electrons are
gained, the ion is said to be reduced. Anode (Oxidising
electrode): At the anode, the anions lose electrons to form
neutral atoms. As electrons are lost, the ion is said to be
oxidised.
Question 2014(f)
Name the kind of particles present in
i. Sodium hydroxide solution
ii. Carbonic acid
iii. Sugar solution
Solution 2014(f)
i. Positive sodium ions and negative hydroxide ions
ii. Hydrogen ions and carbonate ions
iii. Glucose, fructose and galactose
Question 2014(g)
M2O is the oxide of a metal 'M' which is above
hydrogen in the activity series. M2O when
dissolved in water forms the corresponding hydroxide which
is a good conductor of electricity.
i. State the reaction taking place at the cathode
ii. Name the product at the anode
Solution 2014(g)
i. At
the cathode: M+ + 1e-→
M
ii. At
the anode: Oxygen gas
Question 2015 (a)
State the observation at the anode when aqueous copper
sulphate solution is electrolysed using copper electrodes.
Solution 2015 (a)
Copper anode itself ionises to give Cu2+ ions.
Cu - 2e- → Cu2+
Question 2015 (b)
During electrolysis of molten lead bromide, graphite anode
is preferred to other electrodes. Give reason.
Solution 2015 (b)
During the electrolysis of molten lead bromide, a graphite
anode is preferred because graphite remains unaffected by
the reactive bromine vapours which are released at the
anode.
Question 2015 (c)
Electrolysis of molten lead bromide is considered to be a
redox reaction. Give reason.
Solution 2015 (c)
In the electrolysis of molten lead bromide, the following
reactions take place:
At the cathode: Pb2+ (l)
+ 2e-
→ Pb(l)
At the anode: 2Br-
(l) → Br2
(g) + 2e-
Lead (II) ions (Pb2+) are attracted to the
negative electrode, and the Pb2+ ions are forced
to accept two electrons. Pb2+ ions are reduced.
Bromide ions (Br-) are attracted to the positive
electrode, and the bromide ions are forced to give away
their extra electron to form bromine atoms. Thus, bromide
ions are oxidised. So, electrolysis of molten lead bromide
is a redox reaction.
Chapter 9 - Study of Compounds B. Ammonia Exercise Intext 1
Question 1(a)
State the type of bonding present in ammonia, show by a
diagram?
Solution 1(a)
Covalent bonding is present in ammonia.
Question 1(b)
What is the formula of liquid ammonia? Account for the basic
nature of this compound.
Solution 1(b)
Formula of liquid ammonia is: NH3.
Liquid ammonia is liquefied ammonia and is basic in nature.
It dissolves in water to give ammonium hydroxide which
ionizes to give hydroxyl ions.
NH3 + H2O
NH4OH
NH4OH
NH4++
OH-
Therefore it turns red litmus blue and phenolphthalein
solution pink.
Question 2
(a) Write a balanced chemical equation for the lab
preparation of ammonia.
(b) How is ammonia dried and collected in the laboratory?
(d) Ammonia cannot be collected over water. Give reason.
Solution 2
(a) Lab preparation of ammonia:
2NH4Cl+Ca(OH)2
CaCl2
+2H2O +2NH3
(b) The ammonia gas is dried by passing through a drying
tower containing lumps of quicklime (CaO).
(d) Ammonia is highly soluble in water and therefore it
cannot be collected over water.
Question 3
(a) Explain with a diagram the preparation of aqueous
ammonia.
(b) Name a drying agent for ammonia. Why are other drying
agents such as P2O5 and CaCl2
not used to dry NH3
Solution 3
(a) An aqueous solution of ammonia is prepared by dissolving
ammonia in water. The rate of dissolution of ammonia to
water is very high.
Diagram:
(b)The drying agent used is CaO in case of ammonia.
Other drying agents like P2O5 and CaCl2
are not used. As ammonia being basic reacts with them.
6NH3 + P2O5 +3H2O
2(NH4)3PO4
CaCl2 +4NH3
CaCl2.4NH3
Question 4
A substance 'A' was heated with slaked lime and a gas 'B'
with pungent smell was obtained. Name the substances A and B
and give a balanced equation.
Solution 4
The substance A is Ammonium chloride and 'B' is Ammonia.
Reaction:
2NH4Cl + Ca(OH)2
CaCl2
+ 2H2O + 2NH3
Question 5
Ammonia is manufactured by Haber Process.
(a) Under what conditions do the reactants combine to form
ammonia? Give a balanced equation for the reaction.
(b) In what ratio by volume, are the above gases used?
(c) State one possible source of each reactant used in Haber
process.
(d) State whether the formation of ammonia is promoted by
the use of high pressure or low pressure?
(e) Mention two possible ways by which ammonia produced is
removed from unchanged gases.
(f) What is the function of:
(i) Finely divided iron
(ii) Molybdenum in the above process
(g) What is the percentage formation of ammonia?
(h) How can this percentage formation be increased?
Solution 5
(a) Conditions for reactants to combine :
Optimum temperature is 450o-500oC
Above 200 atm pressure
Finely divided iron as catalyst
Traces of molybdenum or Al2O3 as
promoters.
Reaction:N2 +3H2
2NH3
+ heat
(b) Dry nitrogen and dry hydrogen in the ratio of 1:3 by
volume is made to combine.
(c) Source of Hydrogen: Hydrogen is generally obtained from
water gas by Bosch process.
(CO + H2) + H2O
CO2
+2H2
Source of Nitrogen: It is obtained from fractional
distillation of liquid air.
(d) High pressure favours the forward reaction i.e.
formation of ammonia.
(e)Two possible ways by which NH3 produced is
removed from unreacted N2 and H2 by:
(i)Liquefaction: NH3 is easily liquefiable.
(ii)Absorbing in water: As ammonia is highly soluble in
water.
(f)
(i)Finely divided iron increases the rate of reaction.
(ii)Molybdenum acts as a promoter to increase the efficiency
of the catalyst.
(g) 15%
(h) The unchanged nitrogen and hydrogen are recirculated
through the plant to get more ammonia. By recirculating in
this way, an eventual yield of 98% can be achieved.
Question 6
Give reasons:
(a) Ammonium compounds do not occur as minerals.
(b) Ammonium nitrate is not used in the preparation of
ammonia.
(c) Conc. H2SO4 is a good drying
agent, yet it is not used to dry NH3.
(d) In the lab. preparation of ammonia
(i) calcium hydroxide is used in excess
(ii) a flask is fitted in slanting position
Solution 6
(a) Ammonium compounds being highly soluble in water do not
occur as minerals.
(b) Ammonium nitrate is not used in the preparation of
ammonia as it is explosive in nature and it decomposes
forming nitrous oxide and water vapours.
(c) Conc. H2SO4 is not used to dry
ammonia, as ammonia being basic reacts with them.
2NH3 + H2SO4
(NH4)2SO4
(d) (i) In order to better mixing of ammonium
chloride, calcium hydroxide used in excess.
(ii) The flask is fitted in slatting position because of
the water formed in the reaction does not trickle back into
the heated flask.
Question 7
a. Complete the table.
Name of process
|
Inputs
|
Equations
|
Output
|
|
|
|
Ammonia
|
b. State the following conditions required in the above
process:
i. Temperature
ii. Pressure
iii. Catalyst
Solution 7
a.
Name of process
|
Inputs
|
Equations
|
Output
|
Haber's process
|
Nitrogen and hydrogen
|
|
Ammonia
|
b.
i. 450 - 500°C
ii. 200 -800 atm
iii. Finely divided iron (Fe)
Question 8
Choose the correct word or phrase from the brackets to
complete the following sentences and write balanced
equations for the same.
a. Ammonium chloride is a soluble salt prepared by …………
[precipitation, neutralisation].
b. When ammonium chloride is heated, it undergoes …………
[thermal decomposition/dissociation].
c. Heating ammonium chloride with sodium hydroxide produces
………… [ammonia, nitrogen].
Solution 8
a. Neutralisation
b. Thermal decomposition
c. Ammonia
Question 9
An element has 2 electrons in its N shell. It reacts with a
non-metal of atomic number 7. The compound formed reacts
with warm water and produces a basic gas. Identify the
elements and write the balanced chemical reaction.
Solution 9
An element has 2 electrons in its N shell = Ca (calcium)
It reacts with a non-metal of atomic number 7 = N (nitrogen)
The compound formed is calcium nitride (Ca3N2)
which reacts with warm water and produces the basic gas
ammonia (NH3).
Question 10
Correct the following:
a. A reddish brown precipitate is obtained when ammonium
hydroxide is added to ferrous sulphate.
b. Liquid ammonia is a solution of NH3.
c. Finely divided platinum is used in the Haber process.
d. Conc. H2SO4 is a drying agent for
NH3.
e. Ammonium salts, on heating, decompose to give ammonia.
Solution 10
a. A reddish brown precipitate is obtained when ammonium
hydroxide is added to ferrous chloride.
b. Aqueous ammonia is a solution of NH3.
c. Finely divided iron is used in Haber process.
d. Quicklime (CaO) is a drying agent for NH3.
e. Ammonium salts, on thermal decomposition, give ammonia
and hydrogen chloride.
Chapter 9 - Study of Compounds B. Ammonia Exercise Ex.9
Question 1
(a)Is ammonia more dense or less dense than air?
(b) What property of ammonia is demonstrated by Fountain
Experiment? (c)Write the balanced equation for the reaction
between ammonia and sulphuric acid.
(c) Write the balanced equation for the reaction between
ammonia and sulphuric acid.
Solution 1
(a)Ammonia is less dense than air. By Fountain Experiment,
we demonstrate the high solubility of ammonia gas in water.
(b) The high solubility of ammonia gas in water
(c)The balanced equation for the reaction between ammonia
and sulphuric acid is:
2NH3 + H2SO4
(NH4)2SO4
Question 2
Pick the odd member from the list giving reasons:
(a) Ammonia, sulphur dioxide, Hydrogen chloride, carbon
dioxide.
(b) Copper oxide, Aluminium oxide, sodium oxide, Magnesium
oxide.
Solution 2
(a) Ammonia is basic in nature.
(b) Copper oxide because CuO is less reactive can be reduced
by C, CO or by hydrogen whereas Al2O3,
Na2O, MgO are reduced by electrolysis.
Question 3
The following reactions are carried out:
A : Nitrogen + metal
compound
X
B: X+ water
ammonia
+another compound
C: Ammonia + metal oxide
metal
+ water + N2
One metal that can be used for reaction A is magnesium.
(a) Write the formula of the compound X formed.
(b) Write the correctly balanced equation for reaction B
where X is the compound formed.
(c) What property of ammonia is demonstrated by reaction C?
Solution 3
(a) The formula of the compound is Mg3N2.
(b) Balanced equation :
Mg3N2 + 6 H2O
3
Mg(OH)2 + 2 NH3
(c) Ammonia is a reducing agent and reduces less active
metal oxide to its respective metal.
Question 4
A gas 'P' gives dense white fumes with chlorine. Its aqueous
solution gives a blue colour with copper (II) hydroxide. (a)
Name the gas P. (b) Give its formula. (c) Give three uses of
P.
Solution 4
(a) The gas is ammonia.
(b) The formula is NH3.
(c) Uses of ammonia:
It is used in the industrial preparation of nitric acid by
Ostwald process.
It is used in the manufacture of fertilizers such as
ammonium sulphate, ammonium nitrate, ammonium phosphate.
It is used in the manufacture sodium carbonate by Solvay
process.
NaCl + NH3 + CO2 + H2O
NaHCO3
+NH4Cl
Question 5
Ammonia solution in water gives a blue precipitate when it
combines with a solution of copper salt. The blue
precipitate further dissolves in excess of ammonia solution
to give azure blue solution. Explain with equation.
Solution 5
Equation:
CuSO4 +2NH4OH
Cu(OH)2
+ [NH4]2SO4
pale blue
Ammonia solution in water gives a blue precipitate when it
combines with a solution of copper salt.
The pale blue precipitate of copper hydroxide dissolves in
excess of ammonium hydroxide forming tetraamine copper[II]
sulphate, an azure blue(deep blue)soluble complex salt.
Cu(OH)2 +(NH4)2SO4
+2NH4OH
[Cu(NH3)4]SO4
+ 4H2O
Question 6
Give chemical equation (s) to prove that NH3
contains nitrogen and hydrogen.
Solution 6
This reaction is reversible and exothermic. From the
reaction, it is proved that ammonia contains nitrogen and
hydrogen.
Also,
Ammonia burns with a yellowish flame. It produces water
vapour and nitrogen. This shows that ammonia contains
nitrogen and hydrogen.
Question 7
Copy and complete the following equations:
(a) AlN + H2O
(b) 2NH3 + 3PbO
(c) NH3 +3Cl2
(d) NH3 + CO2
(i) Which property of ammonia is illustrated by equation
(c)?
(ii) What important fertilizer is prepared from equation
(d)? State the conditions
Solution 7
(a) AlN + 3H2O
Al(OH)3
+NH3
(b) 2NH3 + 3PbO
3Pb
+ 3H2O + N2
(c) 8NH3 +3Cl2
N2
+ 6NH4Cl
(d) 2NH3 + CO2
NH2CONH2
+ H2O
(i) Ammonia act as reducing agent is explained by equation
(c).
(ii) Urea the nitrogenous fertilizer is prepared from
equation (d).
Question 8
What do you observe when ammonium hydroxide is added to the
aqueous solution of:
(a) FeSO4
(b) Iron(III)Chloride
(c) Lead nitrate
(d)Zinc nitrate?
Solution 8
(a) Dirty green ppt. of Ferrous hydroxide is formed which is
insoluble in excess of NH4OH.
FeSO4 + 2NH4OH
[NH4]2SO4
+ Fe(OH)2
(b) Reddish brown ppt. of ferric hydroxide is formed which
is insoluble in ammonium hydroxide.
FeCl3 + 3NH4OH
3NH4Cl
+ Fe(OH)3
(c) White ppt. of lead hydroxide is formed which is
insoluble in NH4OH.
Pb(NO3)2 + 2NH4OH
2NH4NO3
+ Pb(OH)2
(d)White gelatinous ppt. of Zinc hydroxide is formed which
is soluble in NH4OH.
Zn(NO3)2 + 2NH4OH
2NH4NO3
+ Zn(OH)2
Question 9
Give a chemical test to distinguish between the following:
(a) Ammonium chloride and sodium chloride
(b) Ferric salt and ferrous salt
(c) Sodium sulphate and ammonium sulphate
Solution 9
(a) NH4Cl
NH3
+ HCl
NH4Cl on strong heating sublimes to form dense
white fumes which condense to white powdery mass on cooler
parts of the tube whereas no white fumes on heating NaCl.
(b) When ammonium hydroxide is added drop wise to solution
to be tested.
Ferrous salt gives dirty green ppt.
Ferric salt gives reddish brown ppt of their hydroxides.
(c) (NH4)2SO4 on warming
with NaOH sol. gives NH3 gas. Sodium sulphate
does not liberate NH3 gas.
Question 10
Give the balanced equations for the following conversions:
(a) Ammonia to nitrogen using an acidic gas
(b) Ammonia to brown gas
(c) Ammonia to nitrogen trichloride
(d) Ammonia solution to an amphoteric hydroxide
(e) A nitride of a trivalent metal to ammonia
(f) Lead oxide to lead
Solution 10
Balanced equations :
(a) 8NH3 + 3Cl2
N2
+ 6NH4Cl
(b) 4NH3 + 5O2
4NO
+6H2O +Heat
2NO+O2
2NO2
Brown gas
(c) NH3 +3Cl2
3HCl
+NCl3
(d) AlCl3 +3NH4OH
3NH4Cl
+ Al(OH)3
(e) AlN + 3H2O
Al(OH)3
+ NH3
(f) 3PbO +2NH3
3Pb
+ 3H2O +N2
Question 11
Name:
(a) The gas which is prepared by Haber's process
(b) Two gases which give dense white fumes with ammonia
(c) One salt of ammonia in each case which is used in :
(i) Dry cell (ii) explosives (iii) medicine.
(d) An acidic gas which reacts with basic gas liberating a
neutral gas.
(e) A metallic chloride soluble in ammonium hydroxide.
(f) The gas obtained when ammonia burns in an atmosphere of
oxygen without any catalyst.
(g) A nitride of a divalent metal which reacts with warm
water liberating ammonia.
(h) An amphoteric oxide reduced by the basic gas.
(i) A white salt produced by an acid gas and a basic gas.
Solution 11
(a) Ammonia
(b) Hydrogen chloride and chlorine gas.
(c) (i) Ammonium chloride
(i) Ammonium nitrate
(ii) Ammonium carbonate
(d) Acidic gas: HCl
Basic gas: Ammonia
Neutral gas: NH4Cl
(e) Silver chloride
(f) Nitrogen
(g) Magnesium nitride
(h) Lead oxide
(i) Ammonium chloride
Question 12
When ammonium hydroxide is added to solution B, a pale blue
precipitate is formed. This pale blue precipitate dissolves
in excess ammonium hydroxide giving an inky blue solution.
What is the cation (positive ion) present in solution B?
What is the probable colour of solution B.
Solution 12
CuSO4 + 2NH4OH
(NH4)2SO4
+Cu(OH)2 [Pale blue]
The cation present in solution B is Copper (Cu+2).
The colour of solution B is Blue.
The pale blue precipitate of copper hydroxide dissolves in
excess of ammonium hydroxide forming tetraamine copper[II]
sulphate, an azure blue(deep blue) soluble complex salt.
Cu(OH)2 + (NH4)2SO4
+2NH4OH
[Cu(NH3)4]SO4
+ 4H2O
Question 13
When an ammonium salt is warmed with sodium hydroxide
solution, ammonia gas is evolved. State three ways in which
you can identify this gas.
Solution 13
Three ways in which ammonia gas can be identified is:
It has a sharp characteristic odour
When a glass rod dipped in HCl is brought in contact with
the gas white colour fumes of ammonium chloride are formed
It turns moist red litmus blue, moist turmeric paper brown
and phenolphthalein solution pink.
Question 14
A gas 'A 'reacts with another gas 'B' in the presence of a
catalyst to give a colourless gas 'C'. The gas 'C' when
comes in contact with air produces a brown gas 'D'. The
solution of 'A' in water turns red litmus blue. Explain the
observations.
Solution 14
As the 'A' turns red litmus blue it is a base.Now the gas
'A' combines with 'B' in presence of Catalyst to give
colourless gas Nitrogen monoxide. It reacts with oxygen to
give brown gas which is Nitrogen dioxide.
A= NH3
B= O2
C=NO
D=NO2
Reactions:
4NH3 + 5O2
4NO
+ 6H2O + Heat
2NO + O2
2NO2
NH3 in water forms NH4OH which turns
red litmus blue.
Question 15
(a)Name the common refrigerant .How does it deplete ozone
layer?
(b)What is the alternative of chlorofluorocarbon?
(c)State the advantages and disadvanatages of using ammonia
as refrigerant?
Solution 15
(a) The main refrigerants used are Freon chlorofluorocarbons
(CFC). They deplete ozone layer. The chlorofluorocarbons are
decomposed by ultraviolet rays to highly reactive chlorine
which is produced in the atomic form.
The free radical [Cl] reacts with ozone and chlorine
monoxide is formed.
This causes depletion of ozone layer and chlorine monoxide
so formed reacts with atomic oxygen and produces more
chlorine free radicals.
ClO + O
Cl
+ O2
Again this free radical destroys ozone and the process
continues thereby giving rise to ozone depletion.
(b) Liquid ammonia can be used as a refrigerant, as an
alternative for chlorofluorocarbons.
(c) Advantages of ammonia as refrigerant:
(i) Ammonia is environmentally compatible. It does not
deplete ozone layer and does not contribute towards global
warming.
(ii) It has superior thermodynamic qualities as a result
ammonia refrigeration systems use less electricity.
Ammonia has a recognizable odour and so leaks are not likely
to escape.
Question 16
Name a compound prepared by ammonia and is used as:
(a) Explosive
(b) Fertilizers
(c) Medicine
(d) Laboratory reagent
Solution 16
(a) Explosive: ammonium nitrate
(b) Medicine: ammonium carbonate
(c) Fertilizers: ammonium sulphate
(d) Laboratory reagent: ammonia solution
Question 17
Write the equation for the action of heat on:
(a) Ammonium chloride
(b) Ammonium nitrate
State whether each reaction is an example of thermal
decomposition or thermal dissociation.
Solution 17
(a) Ammonium chloride
NH4Cl
NH3
+HCl
(b) Ammonium nitrate
NH4NO3
N2O
+2H2O
Both are examples of Thermal dissociation.
Question 18
(a) Which feature of ammonia molecule leads to the formation
of the ammonium ion when ammonia dissolves in water?
(b) Name the other ion formed when ammonia dissolves in
water.
(c) Give one test that can be used to detect the presence of
the ion produced in (b).
Solution 18
(a)It is the basic nature of ammonia molecule.
(b)Hydroxyl ion (NH3 +H2O
NH4+
+ OH-)
(c) The red litmus paper turns blue in the solution.
Question 19
(a) Of the two gases, ammonia and hydrogen chloride, which
is more dense? Name the method of collection of this gas.
(b) Give one example of a reaction between the above two
gases which produce a solid compound.
(c) Write the balanced equation for a reaction in which
ammonia is oxidized by:
(i) A metal oxide
(ii) a gas which is not oxygen
Solution 19
(a) HCl gas is more dense [V.D.=18.25,V.D. of ammonia =8.5]
and it is collected by the upward displacement of air.
(b) NH3 + HCl → NH4Cl
(c)
Balanced equation:
(a) 2NH3 +3CuO
3Cu
+3H2O +N2
(b) 2NH3 +3Cl2
N2
+ 6HCl
Question 20
Give reasons for the following:
(a) Liquid ammonia is used as a refrigerant in ice plants.
(b) Aqueous solution of ammonia is used for removing grease
stains from woollen clothes.
(c) Aqueous solution of ammonia gives a pungent smell.
(d) Aqueous solution of ammonia conducts electricity.
Solution 20
(a) Liquid ammonia acts as a refrigerant in ice plants.
Evaporation needs heat energy, and when liquid ammonia
vaporises, it absorbs large quantities of heat without
changing its temperature. For these reasons, ammonia is
widely used as a refrigerant.
(b) Ammonia is used for removing grease and dirt as it
emulsifies or dissolves them.
(c) Ammonia is formed by bacterial decomposition of urea, so
ammonia has a pungent smell.
(d) An aqueous solution of ammonia is a weak electrolyte. It
dissociates partially to give hydroxyl ions, and ions
conduct electricity. So an aqueous solution of ammonia
conducts electricity.
Question 2008
a. Write the equation for the following: Aluminium nitride
and water
b. Choose the correct option from the following: Ammonia can
be obtained by adding water to
A. : Ammonium chloride
B. : Ammonium nitrite
C. : Magnesium nitride
D. : Magnesium nitrate
Solution 2008
a.
b. C.: Magnesium nitride
Question 2009
a. Name the gas evolved in each case [formula is not
acceptable]. The gas that burns in oxygen with a green
flame.
b. Write a fully balanced equation for - Magnesium nitride
is treated with warm water.
c. Identify the substance '0' based on the information given
- The white crystalline solid 'Q' is soluble in water. It
liberates a pungent smelling gas when heated with sodium
hydroxide solution.
Solution 2009
a. Ammonia
b.
.
c. 'Q' is ammonium chloride.
Question 2010
a. Complete the blanks (i) to (v) in the passage given using
the following words. [Ammonium, reddish brown, hydroxyl,
nitrogen dioxide, ammonia, dirty green, alkaline, acidic].
In the presence of a catalyst, nitrogen and hydrogen combine
to give (i) ………. gas. When the same gas is passed through
water, it forms a solution which will be (ii) ………… in nature
and will contain the ions (iii) ………… and (iv) ………… A (v)
………… coloured precipitate of iron [H] hydroxide is formed
when the above solution is added to iron [II] sulphate
solution.
b. State your observation when - In the absence of catalyst,
ammonia is burnt in an atmosphere of oxygen.
c. Give the equation for the reaction: Ammonium chloride is
heated with sodium hydroxide.
d. In the manufacture of ammonia,
i. Name the process
ii. State the ratio of the reactants
iii. State the catalyst used
iv. Give the equation for the manufacture of the gas -
ammonia.
e. Write a relevant equation to show that ammonia acts as a
reducing agent.
f. Name two gases which can be used to study the fountain
experiment. State the common property demonstrated by the
fountain experiment.
Solution 2010
a.
i. Ammonia
ii. Alkaline
iii. Ammonium
iv. Hydroxyl
v. Dirty green
b. Ammonia burns with a yellowish flame. It produces water
vapour and nitrogen.
c.
d.
i. Haber's process
ii. 1 part of nitrogen gas and 3 parts of hydrogen gas
iii. Finely divided iron (Fe)
iv.
e.
f.
i. Ammonia and hydrogen chloride gas
ii. High solubility of gases in water
Question 2011
a. State what is observed when - Ammonium hydroxide is first
added in a small quantity and then in excess to a solution
of copper sulphate.
b. The diagram below shows the setup for the laboratory
preparation of a pungent alkaline gas.
i. Name the gas collected in the jar.
ii. Give a balanced equation for the above preparation.
iii. State how the above gas is collected.
iv. Name the drying agent used.
v. State how you will find out that the jar is full of the
pungent gas.
c. Write a balanced chemical equation - Chlorine reacts with
excess of ammonia.
d. State your observation - Water is added to the product
formed when Al is burnt in a jar of nitrogen gas.
Solution 2011
a. In small quantity: A bluish white ppt. is obtained.
In excess quantity: A deep blue solution is obtained.
b.
i. Ammonia
ii.
iii. By downward displacement of air
iv. Quicklime/CaO
v. Bring a moist red litmus paper to the mouth of the
inverted jar if it immediately turns blue.
Or
Bring a glass rod dipped in hydrochloric acid to the mouth
of the inverted jar. If it produces dense white fumes, then
the jar is full of gas.
c.
d. Pungent smelling basic gas called ammonia is evolved.
Question 2012
a. Name - The gas produced when excess ammonia reacts with
chlorine.
b. Rewrite the correct statement with the missing word/s:
Magnesium nitride reacts with water to liberate ammonia.
c. Give a balanced equation for the reaction: Ammonia and
oxygen in the presence of a catalyst.
d. The following questions are based on the preparation of
ammonia gas in the laboratory:
i. Explain why ammonium nitrate is not used in the
preparation of ammonia.
ii. Name the compound normally used as a drying agent
during the process.
iii. How is ammonia gas collected? Explain why it is not
collected over water.
Solution 2012
a. Nitrogen
b. Magnesium nitride reacts with boiling water to
liberate ammonia.
c.
d.
i. Ammonium nitrate is a highly explosive substance and
cannot be heated.
ii. Quicklime/CaO
iii. By the downward displacement of air or upward delivery
as it is lighter than air.
It is not collected over water because it easily dissolves
in water.
Question 2013
a. State one appropriate observation for: Excess of chlorine
gas is reacted with ammonia gas.
b. Nitrogen gas can be obtained by heating
i. Ammonium nitrate
ii. Ammonium nitrite
iii. Magnesium nitride
iv. Ammonium chloride
c. State two relevant observations for: Ammonium hydroxide
solution is added to zinc nitrate solution slowly and then
in excess.
d. Give a balanced equation for: Reduction of hot copper
(II) oxide to copper using ammonia gas.
e. Copy and complete the following table relating to
important industrial process:
Name of the process
|
Temperature
|
Catalyst
|
Equation for the catalysed reaction
|
Haber's process
|
|
|
|
f. Identify: An alkaline gas which produces dense white
fumes when reacted with HCl gas.
Solution 2013
a. A yellow-coloured explosive is formed.
b. Ammonium nitrite
c.
i. When added in small quantity, it forms a gelatinous
white ppt.
ii. When added in excess, it dissolves to form a complex
salt.
d.
e.
Name of the process
|
Temperature
|
Catalyst
|
Equation for the catalysed reaction
|
Haber's process
|
450-500°C
|
Finely divided iron (Fe)
|
|
f. Ammonia
Question 2014
a. Fill in the blank from the choices given in brackets:
Ammonia gas is collected by …………. [upward displacement of
air, downward displacement of water downward displacement of
air].
b. Write a balanced equation for: Action of warm water on
magnesium nitride.
c. Distinguish between the following pairs of compounds
using the test given in brackets:
i. Iron[II] sulphate and iron[III] sulphate (using ammonium
hydroxide)
ii. A lead salt and a zinc salt (using excess ammonium
hydroxide)
d. State your observation: Calcium hydroxide is heated with
ammonium chloride crystals.
e. Name the other ion formed when ammonia dissolves in
water. Give one test that can be used to detect the presence
of the ion produced.
f. State the conditions required for: Catalytic oxidation of
ammonia to nitric oxide.
Solution 2014
a. Downward displacement of air.
b.
c.
i. Iron(II) sulphate: Gives dirty green ppt. with ammonium
hydroxide insoluble in excess.
ii. Iron(III) sulphate: Gives reddish brown ppt. with
ammonium hydroxide insoluble in excess.
d. A colourless pungent-smelling ammonia gas is obtained.
e.
i. Hydroxyl (OH-) ion other than ammonium ion
ii. Red litmus turns blue, methyl orange turns yellow and
phenolphthalein turns pink.
f. In the presence of platinum catalyst at 800°C.
Question 2015
(a) Give balanced chemical equations for
(i) Lab preparation of ammonia using ammonium salt
(ii) Reaction of ammonia with excess of chlorine
(iii) Reaction of ammonia with sulphuric acid
(b) From the list of gases - ammonia, ethane, hydrogen
chloride, hydrogen sulphide, select the gas which is used as
a reducing agent in reducing copper oxide to copper.
Solution 2015
(a)
(i) 2NH4Cl + Ca (OH)2 → CaCl2
+ 2H2O + 2NH3
(ii) NH3 + 3Cl2→ NCl3 +
3HCl
(Nitrogen trichloride)
(iii) 2NH3 + H2SO4→ (NH4)2SO4
Ammonium sulphate
(b) Ammonia (NH3)
Question 2016 (a)
Name
(a) Name the gas evolved when the following mixtures are
heated :
(i) Calcium hydroxide and Ammonium Chloride
(ii)
Sodium Nitrite and Ammonium Chloride
Solution 2016 (a)
(i) Ammonia
(ii)
Nitrogen
Question 2016 (b)
(b) Write balanced
chemical equations for each of the following :
(i) When excess of ammonia is treated with chlorine.
(ii)
An equation to illustrate the reducing nature of ammonia.
Solution 2016 (b)
(i) 8NH3 + 3Cl2→ N2 + 6NH4Cl
(ii) 3PbO + 2NH3→3Pb + 3H2O + N2
Chapter 12 - Organic Chemistry Exercise Intext 1
Question 12
Give the name of one member of each of the following:
(a) Saturated hydrocarbons
(b) Unsaturated hydrocarbons
Solution 12
The member of each of the following is:
(a) Saturated Hydrocarbon: Hexane (C6H14)
(b) Unsaturated Hydrocarbon: Hexene (C6H12)
Question 1
(a) What are organic compounds?
(b) What is the Vital force theory? Why was it discarded?
Solution 1
(a) Organic chemistry may be defined as the chemistry of
hydrocarbons and its derivatives.
(b) Vital Force Theory is a theory made by the Scientist
Berzelius in 1809 which assumed that organic compounds are
only formed in living cells and it is impossible to prepare
them in laboratories.
It was discarded because Friedrich Wohler showed that it was
possible to obtain an organic compound(urea) in the
laboratory.
Question 2
(a) Name a few sources of organic compounds
(b) Give the various applications of organic chemistry
Solution 2
(a) Few sources of organic compounds are:
Plants
Animals
Coal
Petroleum
Wood
(b) The various applications of organic chemistry is:
It is used in the production of soaps, shampoos, powders and
perfumes.
Various fuels like natural gas, petroleum are also organic
compounds.
The fabrics that we use to make various dresses are also
made from organic compounds.
Question 3
Organic chemistry plays a key role in all walks of life.
Discuss
Solution 3
Organic compounds are present everywhere. They are present
in:
It is present in the production of soaps, shampoos, powders
and perfumes.
It is present in the food we eat like carbohydrates,
proteins, fats, vitamins etc.
Fuel like natural gas, petroleum are also organic compounds.
Medicines, explosives, dyes, insecticides are all organic
compounds.
Thus we can say that organic compounds play a key role in
all walks of life.
Question 4
Carbon shows some unique properties, name them.
Solution 4
The unique properties shown by carbon are:
Tetravalency of carbon
Catenation
Isomerism
Question 5
Explain the following:
(a) Tetravalency
(b) Catenation
Solution 5
(a) Tetravalency: Carbon can neither lose nor gain electrons
to attain octet. Thus it shares four electrons with other
atoms. This characteristics of carbon by virtue of which it
forms four covalent bonds, is called Tetravalency of carbon.
In structural form :
(b) Catenation: The property of self -linking of atoms of an
element through covalent bonds in order to form straight
chains, branched chains and cyclic chains of different sizes
is known as catenation.
Carbon- carbon bond is strong so carbon can combine with
other carbon atoms to form chains or rings and can involve
single, double and triple bonds.
Question 6
Write any four properties of organic compounds that
distinguish them from inorganic compounds.
Solution 6
Four properties of organic compound that distinguish them
from inorganic compounds are:
(i) Presence of carbon.
(ii) Solubility in the organic solvents.
(iii) Forming of covalent bonds.
(iv) Having low melting and boiling points.
Question 7
Why are organic compounds studied as a separate branch of
chemistry?
Solution 7
Due to the unique nature of carbon atom, it gives rise to
formation of large number of compounds. Thus this demands a
separate branch of chemistry.
Question 8
What are Hydrocarbons? Compare saturated and unsaturated
hydrocarbons?
Solution 8
Hydrocarbons are compounds that are made up of only carbon
and hydrogen.
Comparison of saturated and Unsaturated hydrocarbons:
Saturated Hydrocarbon
|
Unsaturated Hydrocarbon
|
1. Carbon atoms are joined only by single bonds.
|
Carbon atoms are joined by double or by triple
bonds.
|
2. They are less reactive due to the
non-availability of electrons in the single covalent
bond.
|
They are more reactive due to presence of electrons
in the double or the triple bond.
|
3. They undergo substitution reaction.
|
They undergo addition reaction.
|
Question 9
Give reason for the existence of large numbers of organic
compounds
Solution 9
Due to presence of unique properties of carbon like
Tetravalency, catenation and Isomerism large number of
organic compounds are formed.
Question 10
Give at least one example in each case to show structure of
isomers of
(a) Single bond compound
(b) Double bond compound
(c) Triple bond Compound
Solution 10
(a) Single Bond compound: For example: In pentane
(b) Double bond compound: For example:- In pentene
(c) Triple bond compound: In case of Hexyne:
Question 11
Name a compound of each type and draw the figure.
(a) Cyclic compound with single bond
(b) Cyclic compound with triple bond
Solution 11
(a) Cyclic compound with single bond: cyclopentane
Structure:
(b) Cyclic compound with triple bond: cyclopentyne
Structure:
Question 13
Define substitution and addition reaction.Give an example
for each.
Solution 13
Substitution reaction: A reaction in which one atom of a
molecule is replaced by another atom (or group of atoms) is
called a substitution reaction.
Addition reaction: A reaction involving addition of atom(s)
or molecules(s) to the double or the triple bond of an
unsaturated compound so as to yield a saturated product is
known as addition reaction.
Question 14
Define or explain chain isomerism and position isomerism
with examples in each case.
Solution 14
Chain isomerism
Chain isomerism arises due to the difference in arrangement
of C atoms in the chain. For example, there are two isomers
of butane, C4H10. In one of them, the
carbon atoms lie in a "straight chain" whereas in the other
the chain is branched.
Position isomerism
It is due to the difference in position of functional
groups.
For example, there are two structural isomers with the
molecular formula C3H7Br. In one of
them, the bromine atom is on the end of the chain, whereas
in the other it is attached in the middle.
Question 15
(a)Define the term isomerism. State two main causes of
isomerism?
(b) (b) Draw the chain isomers of hexane (C6H12).
(c) Draw position isomers of butene (C4H8)
Solution 15
(a)Isomerism: Compounds having the same molecular formula
but different structural formula are known as isomers and
the phenomenon as isomerism.
Two main causes of isomerism are:
Difference in mode of linking of atoms.
Difference in the arrangement of atoms or groups in space.
(b)
(c)
CH2=CHCH2CH3
H3C-CH=CHCH3
1-butene
2-butene
Question 16
Define a functional group and give the structural formula of
the following functional group:
(a) Ketons
(b) Alcohols
(c) Aldehydes
Solution 16
A functional group is an atom or a group of atoms that
defines the structure (or the properties of a particular
family) of organic compounds.
The structural formula of
(a) Halides :-R-X
Example:
(b)Alcohols:- R-OH
Example:
(c) Aldehydes:-R-CH=O
Example:
Question 17
Write the name and formula of the fourth member of the
following homologous series:
a. Alkyne
b. Alcohol
Solution 17
a. Butyne; its formula is C4H6.
b. Butanol; its formula is C4H9OH.
Question 18
Which part of an organic compound determines
(i) Physical properties
(ii) Chemical properties
Solution 18
(i) Physical properties: The alkyl group determines the
physical properties.
(ii) Chemical properties: The functional group is
responsible for the chemical properties.
Question 19
Name the alkyl radical and the functional group of the
following organic compounds:
(a) CH3OH
(b) C2H5OH
(c) C3H7CHO
(d) C4H9COOH
(e) CH3COOH
(f)
HCHO
Solution 19
The alkyl radical and the functional group are:
Sr.No
|
Formula
|
Name of alkyl radical
|
Name of Functional group
|
a
|
CH3OH
|
Methyl
|
Alcohol
|
b
|
C2H5OH
|
Ethyl
|
Alcohol
|
c
|
C3H7CHO
|
Propyl
|
Aldehyde
|
d
|
C4H9COOH
|
Butyl
|
Carboxyl
|
e
|
CH3COOH
|
CH3
|
COOH
|
f
|
HCHO
|
H
|
CHO
|
Question 20
(a) What is an alkyl group?
(b) Give the names of any three alkyl radicals. How are they
formed?
Solution 20
(a) An alkyl group is obtained by removing one atom of
hydrogen from an alkane molecule. Alkyl group is named by
replacing the suffix 'ane' of the alkane with the suffix
-yl.
(b) The name of three alkyl radicals are:
Methyl
Ethyl
Propyl
They are formed by removing 1 hydrogen from an alkane.
CH4
-CH3+H+
Methyl
CH3-CH3
CH3-CH2
-+ H+
Ethyl
CH3-CH2-CH3
CH3-CH2-CH2
-+ H+
Propyl
Question 21
Give the names and the structural formula of the first three
members of the homologous series of alkanes
Solution 21
The names and the structural formula of first three members
of the homologous series of alkane are:
(i)
CH4Methane
(ii)
C2H6Ethane
(iii)
C3H8Propane
Question 22
(a) What is a Homologous series?
(b) What is the difference in the molecular formula of any
two adjacent homologues:
(i) In terms of molecular mass
(ii) In terms of number and kind of atoms per molecule?
Solution 22
(a) A homologous series is a group of organic compounds
having a similar structure and similar chemical properties
in which the successive compounds differ by a CH2
group.
(b) The difference in molecular formula of any two adjacent
homologues is
(i) It differs by 14 a.m.u in terms of molecular mass.
(ii) It differs by three atoms. The kind of atoms it differs
is one carbon and two hydrogen.
Chapter 12 - Organic Chemistry Exercise Ex. 12A
Question (q)
Solution (q)
Methanal
Question (r)
Solution (r)
Propanol
Question 1(a)
Write the IUPAC name of the following:
Solution 1(a)
2,2 dimethyl propane
Question 1(b)
Write the IUPAC name of the following:
Solution 1(b)
2-methyl butane
Question 1(c)
Write the IUPAC name of the following:
Solution 1(c)
Propene
Question 1(d)
Write the IUPAC name of the following:
Solution 1(d)
2,2-dimethyl pentane
Question 1(e)
Write the IUPAC name of the following:
CH3 - C = C - CH2CH2
Solution 1(e)
Pent-2-ene
Question 1(f)
Write the IUPAC name of the following:
Solution 1(f)
3-methyl but-1-yne
Question 1(g)
Write the IUPAC name of the following:
Solution 1(g)
2,3-dimethyl pentane
Question 1(h)
Write the IUPAC name of the following:
Solution 1(h)
3-methyl heptane
Question 1(i)
Write the IUPAC name of the following:
Solution 1(i)
2-Butene
Question 1(j)
Write the IUPAC name of the following:
Solution 1(j)
Hept-2-yne
Question 1(k)
Write the IUPAC name of the following:
Solution 1(k)
5,5-dimethyl hexan-1-al
Question 1(l)
Write the IUPAC name of the following:
Solution 1(l)
Pentan-2-ol
Question 1(m)
Write the IUPAC name of the following:
Solution 1(m)
4-methyl pentan-1-oic acid
Question 1(n)
Write the IUPAC name of the following:
Solution 1(n)
2-bromo-2-methyl butane
Question 1(o)
Write the IUPAC name of the following:
Solution 1(o)
1-bromo-3-methyl butane
Question 1(p)
Write the IUPAC name of the following:
Solution 1(p)
Prop-1-yne
Question 1(s)
Write the IUPAC name of the following:
Solution 1(s)
Ethanoic acid
Question 1(t)
Write the IUPAC name of the following:
Solution 1(t)
1,2-dichloroethane
Question 2
Write the structures of the following compounds:
(a) Prop-1-ene
(b) 2,3-dimethylbutane
(c) 2-methylpropane
(d) 3-hexene
(e) Prop-1-yne
(f) 2-methylprop-1-ene
(g) Alcohol with molecular formula C4H10O
Solution 2
The structure of the following compounds are:
(a) Prop-1-ene
CH3-CH=CH2
(b) 2,3-dimethylbutane
CH3-CH(CH3)-CH(CH3)-CH3
(c) 2-methylpropane
CH3-CH(CH3)-CH3
(d) 3-hexene
CH3-CH2-CH=CH-CH2-CH3
(e) Prop-1-yne
CH3-C?CH
(f) 2-methylprop-1-ene
CH3-C(CH3)=CH2
(g) Alcohol with molecular formula C4H10O
CH3-CH2-CH2-CH2-OH
Question 3
Choose the correct answer:
(a) C5H11 is an
(i) Alkane (ii) Alkene (iii) Alkyne (iv) Alkyl group
(b) A hydrocarbon of the general CnH2n
is
(i) C15H30 (ii) C12H26
(iii) C8H20 (iv) C6H14
(c) A hydrocarbon with molecular mass 72 is
(i) An alkane(ii) an alkene (iii) an alkyne
(d) The total number of different carbon chains that four
carbon atoms form in alkane is
(i) 5 (ii) 4 (iii) 3 (iv) 2
(e) CH3-CH2-OH and CH3-O-CH3
are
(i) Position isomers (ii) chain isomers (iii) homologous
(iv) functional group isomers
(f) The IUPAC name of the compound is
(i) 3-trimethylhexane (ii) 3-methyl hexane (iii) 4-methyl
hexane
Solution 3
(a) Correct answer: (iv)
CnH2n+1 is the formula for alkyl
group. Hence it is C5H11.
(b) Correct answer: (i)
A hydrocarbon of general CnH2n is C15H30.
(c) Correct answer: (ii)
As the formula of Alkene is CnH2n.
Thus n+2n=72
3n=72
n=24
By filling value we get the molecular mass 72.
(d) (iv)
The total number of carbon chains that four carbon atoms
form in alkane is 2.They are:
(e) Correct answer: (iv)
Alcohol and ether are functional isomers as they have same
molecular formula but different functional groups.
(f) Correct answer: (ii)
The IUPAC name of this compound is: 3-methyl hexane.
Question 4
Fill in the blanks using the appropriate words given in the
brackets :
(a) Propane and ethane are________. (Homologues, isomers)
(b) A saturated hydrocarbon does not participate in a/an
_________ reaction.(substitution, addition)
(c) Succeeding members of a homologous series differ
by______. (CH,CH2,CH3)
(d) As the molecular masses of hydrocarbons increase, their
boiling points ______ and melting point ______. (increase,
decrease)
(e) C25H52 and C50H102
belong to ______ homologous series.(the same, different)
(f) CO is an _______Compound.(organic, inorganic)
(g) The chemical properties of an organic compound are
largely decided by the ........ and the physical properties
of an organic compound are largely decided by the _______.
(functional group, number of carbon atoms)
(h) CHO is the functional group of an______. (alcohol,
aldehyde)
(i) The root in the IUPAC name of an organic compound
depends upon the number of carbon atoms in______. (any
chain, principal chain)
(j) But-1-ene and but-2-ene are examples of _____ isomerism.
(Chain , position , functional)
Solution 4
(a) Propane and ethane are homologues.
(b) A saturated hydrocarbon does not participate in a/an
addition reaction.
(c) Succeeding members of a homologous series differ by
CH2.
(d) As the molecular masses of hydrocarbons increase, their
boiling points Increase and melting point increase.
(e) C25H52 and C50H102
belong to the same homologous series.
(f) CO is an organic Compound.
(g) The chemical properties of an organic compound are
largely decided by the functional group and the
physical properties of an organic compound are largely
decided by the number of carbon atoms.
(h) CHO is the functional group of an aldehyde.
(i) The root in the IUPAC name of an organic compound
depends upon the number of carbon atoms in Principal
Chain.
(j) But-1-ene and but-2-ene are examples of position
isomerism.
Question 5
Draw the structural formula for each of the following
compounds:
a. isomer of n-butane
b. vinegar
c. 2-propanol
d. ethanol
e. acetone
f. diethyl ether
What is used to describe these compounds taken together?
Solution 5
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Question 6
a. What is the special feature of the structure of
i. C2H4
ii. C2H2
b. What type of reaction is common to both these compounds?
Why does methane not undergo this type of reaction?
(c) What is IUPAC name of dimethyl ether.
Solution 6
a.
i.
(Ethene)
In the above structure, both carbons are bonded
with double bonds.
ii.
(Ethyne)
In the above structure, both carbons are bonded
with triple bonds.
b. Addition reactions are common to both these compounds.
Methane does not undergo this type of reaction because it is
bounded with four hydrogen atoms, while in ethane, double
bonds break and provide a site for addition.
(c) Methoxymethane
Question 7
Which type of reaction will (i) ethane and (II) ethane
undergo?
Solution 7
(i) Ethane undergoes substitution reactions.
(ii) Ethene undergoes addition reactions.
Question 8
Choosing only words from the following list, write down
appropriate words to fill in the blanks from (a) to (e)
given below. Addition, carbohydrates, CnH2n-2,
CnH2n,CnH2n+2,
electrochemical homologous, hydrocarbon, saturated,
substitution, unsaturated.
The alkanes form an (a) ………… series with the general formula
(b) ………….. The alkanes are (c) …………. (d) …………… which
generally undergo (e) …………. reactions.
Solution 8
The alkanes form an (a) electrochemical homologous
series with the general formula (b) CnH2n+2. The
alkanes are (c) saturated (d) hydrocarbons
which generally undergo (e) substitution reactions.
Question 9
Draw the structural formula of a compound with two carbon
atoms in each of the following cases.
a. An alkane with a carbon to carbon single bond
b. An alcohol containing two carbon atoms
c. An unsaturated hydrocarbon with a carbon to carbon
triple bond
Solution 9
a.
b.
c.
Question 10
Ethane, Ethene, Ethanoic acid, Ethyne, Ethanol From the
above, name
a. The compound with -OH as the part of its structure.
b. The compound with -COOH as the part of its structure.
c. Homologue of the homologous series with the general
formula CnH2n.
Solution 10
a. Ethanol
b. Ethanoic acid
c. Ethene
Question 11
Give the correct IUPAC name and the functional group for
each of the compounds whose structural formulae are given
below:
a.
b.
Solution 11
a. Propanal
b. Propanol
Chapter 12 - Organic Chemistry Exercise Ex. 12C
Question 1
Write : (a) molecular formula , (b) electron dot formula and
(c) structural formula of ethene .(Ethylene)
Solution 1
(a) The molecular formula of ethene is C2H4
(b) Electron dot formula of ethene is:
(c) Structural formula of ethene:
Question 2
The molecules of alkene family are represented by a general
formula CnH2n.Answer The following :
(a) What do n and 2n signify?
(b) What is the name of alkene when n=4?
(c) What is the molecular formula of alkene when n=4?
(d) What is the molecular formula of the alkene if there are
ten H atoms in it?
(e) What is the structural formula of the third member of
the alkene family?
(f) Write the molecular formula of lower and higher
homologus of an alkene which contains four carbon atoms.
Solution 2
(a) n signifies the number of carbon atoms and 2n signifies
the number of hydrogen atoms.
(b) The name of alkene when n=4 is Butene.
(c) The molecular formula of alkene when n=4 is C4H8.
(d) The molecular formula of alkene when there are 10 H atom
in it C5H10.
(e) The structural formula of the third member of alkene is
(f) Lower homologus of alkene which contain four carbons is
C3H6.
Higher homologus of alkene which contain four carbons is C5H10.
Question 3(a)
Distinguish between the saturated hydrocarbon ethane and the
unsaturated hydrocarbon ethene by drawing their structural
formulae.
Solution 3(a)
Ethane
|
Ethene
|
|
|
It has carbon -carbon single bond.
|
It has carbon-carbon double bond
|
It is saturated.
|
It is unsaturated
|
Alkanes undergo substitution reaction.
|
Alkenes undergo addition reaction.
|
Question 3(b)
Draw the structure of isomers of butane and write their
IUPAC names.
Solution 3(b)
There are two isomers are possible for butane:
Question 4
Give a balanced equation for the lab. Preparation of
ethylene. How is the gas collected?
Solution 4
Balanced Equation of ethylene:
CH3-CH2OH + H2SO4
CH3-CH2HSO4+H2O
CH3-CH2HSO4
CH2=CH2
The gas is collected by downward displacement of water.
Question 5
How is ethene prepared by:
(a) Dehydrohalogenation reaction?
(b) Dehydration reaction?
Give equations and name the products formed.
Solution 5
(a) Dehydrohalogenation reaction:
C2H5Cl + KOH(alc.and hot)
C2H4
+ KCl + H2O
Ethene
(b) Dehydration reaction:
C2H5OH
C2H4+H2O
Ethene
Question 6(a)
Ethylene when reacts with halogens (chlorine and bromine)
form saturated products. Name them and write balanced
equations.
Solution 6(a)
Chlorine and bromine are added to the double bond of ethene
to form saturated ethylene chloride and ethylene bromide
respectively.
CH2 = CH2 + Cl2
CH2(Cl)-CH2(Cl)
1,2-dichloro ethane
CH2 = CH2 + Br2
CH2(Br)-CH2(Br)
1,2-dibromo ethane
Question 6(b)
Give the conditions and the main product formed by
hydrogenation of ethylene.
Solution 6(b)
When ethene and hydrogen are passed over finely divided
catalyst such as platinum or palladium at ordinary
temperature or nickel at 200o C, the two atom of
hydrogen molecule are added to the unsaturated molecule,
which thus becomes a saturated one.
C2H4 +H2
C2H6
Question 7
Convert ethanol into ethene using
(a) Solid dehydrating agent
(b) Hot conc. H2SO4
Give only balanced equations.
Solution 7
Conversion of ethanol to ethene by using
(a) Solid dehydrating agent:
(b) Hot conc. H2SO4:
Question 8
Write the following properties of ethene:
(a) Physical state
(b) Odour
(c) Density as compared to air
(d) Solubility
Solution 8
(a) Physical state: Ethene is a colourless and inflammable
gas.
(b) Odour: It has faint sweetish odour.
(c) Density as compared to air: It has density less than one
hence it is lighter than air.
(d) Solubility: It is sparingly soluble in water but highly
soluble in organic solvents like alcohol, ether and
chloroform.
Question 9
How would you convert:
(a) Ethene into 1,2-dibromoethane
(b) Ethene into ethyl bromide
Solution 9
(a) Ethene into 1, 2 -dibromoethane: Ethene reacts with
bromine at room temperature to form saturated ethylene
chloride.
CH2=CH2 + Br2
CH2(Br)-CH2(Br)
1,2-dibromo ethane
(b) Ethene into ethyl bromide: When ethene is treated with
HBr bromoethane is formed.
CH2=CH2 + HBr
CH3-CH2Br
Ethyl bromide
Question 10
Give balanced equation when:
(a) Ethene is burnt in excess of oxygen
(b) Ethene reacts with chlorine
(c) Ethene combines with Hydrogen chloride
(d) A mixture of ethene and hydrogen is passed over nickel
at 2000C.
Solution 10
(a) C2H4+3O2
2CO2
+2H2O + heat
(b) CH2=CH2+Cl2
CH2(Cl)-CH2(Cl)
(c) CH2=CH2 + HCl
CH3-CH2-Cl
(d) C2H4 +H2
C2H6
Question 11
Give the formula and names of A, B ,C and D in the following
equations:
(a) CH4
A
B
C
D
(b) C2H2
A
B
C
D
(c) C2H4
+B
C2H6
Solution 11
(a) CH4
CH3Cl
CH2Cl2
CHCl3
CCl4
A= monochloromethane
B= dichloromethane
C=Trichloromethane
D=Tetrachloromethane
(b) C2H2
C2H4
C2H6
C2H5Br
C2H4Br
A= Ethene
B=ethane
C=bromoethane
D=dibromoethane
(c) C2H4
+H2
C2H6
B= hydrogen
Question 12
Write the name and formula of the productformed in each case
below:
(a) C2H4 +Cl2
______
(b) C2H5Br +KOH (alc.)
______
(c) CH2=CH2
_______
(d) CH2=CH2+HBr
_______
Solution 12
(a) C2H4 +Cl2
CH2(Cl)-CH2(Cl)
1,2- dichloro ethane
(b) C2H5Br +KOH (alc.)
C2H4
+KBr +H2O
Ethane
(c) CH2=CH2
CH2(OH)-CH2(OH)
1,2- Ethanediol
(d) CH2=CH2+HBr
CH3-CH2Cl
chloroethane
Question 13
What do you observe when ethylene is passed through alkaline
KMnO4 solution?
Solution 13
When ethylene is passed through alkaline KMnO4
solution 1, 2-Ethanediol is formed. The Purple color of KMnO4
decolorizes.
CH2=CH2+H-O-H +[O]
CH2(OH)-CH2(OH)
Cold alkaline
KMnO4 solution
Question 14
Name three compounds formed by ethylene and give the use of
these compounds.
Solution 14
Three compounds formed by ethylene are:
Polythene
Ethanol
Epoxyethane
Uses of above compounds:
Polythene is used as carry bags.
Ethanol is used as a starting material for other products,
mainly cosmetics and toiletry preparation.
Epoxyethane is used in the manufacture of detergents.
Chapter 12 - Organic Chemistry Exercise Ex. 12D
Question 1
What are the sources for alkynes? Give the general formula
of alkynes.
Solution 1
Natural gas and Petroleum are sources for alkynes.
The general formula of alkynes are:
CnH2n-2
Question 2
Give an example of isomers shown by triple bond hydrocarbon
(alkynes) and write its IUPAC name.
Solution 2
Butyne is an example, its isomers are:
IUPAC name: But-2-yne But-1-yne
Question 3
How is acetylene prepared in the laboratory?
(a) Draw diagram
(b) Give equation
(c) How is pure dry gas collected?
Solution 3
(a) Diagram of acetylene preparation:
(b) CaC2 +2H2O
Ca(OH)2
+C2H2
(c) The pure dry gas is collected by downward displacement
of water, since it is insoluble in water.
Question 4
Give the method of preparation of ethyne by
1,2-dibromoethene.
Solution 4
When 1,2 -dibromoethane is boiled with alcoholic potassium
hydroxide ,ethyne is formed.
Question 5
Name the hydrocarbon which:
(a) Is a tetrahedral molecule
(b) Is a planar molecule
(c) Is a linear molecule
(d) Forms a red precipitate with ammoniacal solution of
copper (I) chloride
(e) Is known as paraffin
(f) Is known as olefin
(g) A compound which will give acetylene (ethene) gas when
treated with water.
Solution 5
(a) The hydrocarbon which is tetrahedral is Methane.
(b) The hydrocarbon which is planar molecule is ethene.
(c) The hydrocarbon which is a linear molecule is Ethyne.
(d) The hydrocarbon which forms a red precipitate with
ammoniacal solution of copper chloride is acetylene.
(e) Alkanes are also called as paraffin.
(f) Alkenes are also called olefin.
(g) Calcium carbide
Question 6
Classify the following compounds as alkanes, alkenes and
alkynes.
C3H4,C3H8, C5H8,
C3H6
Solution 6
The following compounds can be classified as:
C3H4:- Alkynes
C3H8:- Alkanes
C5H8:- Alkynes
C3H6:- Alkenes
Question 7
Give a chemical test to distinguish between
(a) Saturated and unsaturated compounds.
(b) Ethane and ethene
(c) Ethene (ethylene) and ethyne (acetylene)
Solution 7
Chemical test to distinguish :
(b) Ethane and ethene:
S.No.
|
Test
|
Ethane
|
Ethene
|
1.
|
On adding a few drops of bromine solution in carbon
tetrachloride to the hydrocarbon
|
No change is observed
|
The reddish brown colour gets decolorized
|
2.
|
On adding a few drops of alkaline potassium
permanganate (purple colour) to the hydrocarbon
|
No change is observed
|
The purple colour fades.
|
(c) Ethene and ethyne:
S.No.
|
Test
|
Ethene
|
Ethyne
|
1.
|
On adding a few drops of ammonical cuprous chloride
to the hydrocarbon
|
No change is observed
|
Red precipitate of copper acetylide is formed
|
2.
|
On adding ammonical silver nitrate
|
No observation
|
White precipitate of silver acetylide is formed.
|
Question 8
Compound X bubbled through bromine dissolved in CCl4
(a) Draw the structure of X.
(b) State your observation during the reaction.
Solution 8
(a) HC≡CH
(b) Brown colour of CCl4 disappeared due to
formation of addition product, i.e. 1, 2-dibromo ethane.
Question 9
Give balanced equations for the following conversations.
(a) An alkene to an alkane
(b) An alkene to an alcohol
(c) An alkyne to a alkene
Solution 9
(a) An alkene to an alkane
(b) An alkene to an alcohol
(c) An alkyne to an alkene
Question 10
Name the products formed and write an equation when ethyne
is added to the following in an inert solvent:
(a) Chlorine
(b) Bromine
(c) Iodine
(d) hydrogen
(e) excess of hydrochloric acid
Solution 10
(a) Ethyne in an inert solvent of carbon tetrachloride adds
chlorine to change into 1,2-dichloro ethene with
carbon-carbon double bond, and then to an
1,1,2,2-tetrachloro ethane with carbon-carbon single bond.
C2H2
C2H2Cl2
C2H2Cl4
1,2-dichloro ethene1,1,2,2 -tetrachloro ethane
(b)
Ethyne in an inert solvent of carbon tetrachloride adds
bromine to change into 1,2-dibromo ethene and then to
1,1,2,2 -tetrabromo ethane .
C2H2
C2H2Br2
C2H2Br4
(c) Iodine reacts slowly in the presence of alcohol to form
di-iodo ethene
CH
CH
+I2
ICH=CHI
1,2-di-iodoethene
(d) In the presence of nickel, platinum or palladium ethyne
change to ethene and then to ethane.
CH
CH
CH2=CH2
CH3-CH3
(e)
Chapter 4 - Analytical Chemistry Exercise Ex. 4
Question 1
Write the probable colour of the following salts?
(a) Ferrous salts
(b) Ammonium salts
(c) Cupric salts
(d) Calcium salts
(e) Aluminium salts
Solution 1
(a) Ferrous salts: Light green
(b) Ammoniumsalts: Colourless
(c) Cupric salts: Blue
(d) Calcium salts: Colourless
(e) Aluminium salts: Colourless
Question 2
Name:
(a) a metallic hydroxide soluble in excess of NH4OH.
(b) a metallic oxide soluble in excess of caustic soda
solution.
(c) a strong alkali.
(d) a weak alkali.
(e) Two colourless metal ions.
(f) Two coloured metal ions.
(g) a metal that evolves a gas which burns with a pop sound
when boiled with alkali solutions.
(h) Two bases which are not alkalis but dissolve in strong
alkalis.
(i) a coloured metallic oxide which dissolves in alkalis to
yield colourless solutions.
(j) a colourless cation not a representative element.
Solution 2
(a) Cu(OH)2
(b) ZnO
(c) NaOH
(d) NH4OH
(e) Na+, Ca2+
(f) Fe2+, Mn2+
(g) Aluminium
(h) Zn(OH)2 and Al(OH)3
(i) PbO
(j) Ammonium ion
Question 3
Write balanced equations for Q.2 (g) and (i).
Solution 3
Question 4
What happens when ammonia solution is added first dropwise
and then inexcess to the following solutions:
(i) CuSO4(ii)ZnSO4(iii)FeCl3
Write balanced equations for these reactions.
Solution 4
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Question 5
What do you observe when caustic soda solution is added to
the following solution: first a little and then in excess.
(a) FeCl3 ,
(b) ZnSO4,
(c) Pb(NO3)2 ,
(d) CuSO4?
Write balanced equations for these reactions.
Solution 5
Question 6
Name the chloride of a metal which is soluble in excess of
ammonium hydroxide. Write equation for the same.
Solution 6
Zinc chloride (ZnCl2) is soluble in excess of
ammonium hydroxide.
Question 7
On adding dilute ammonia solution to a colourless solution
of a salt, a white gelatinous precipitate appears. This
precipitate however dissolves on addition of excess of
ammonia solution. Identify (choose from Na, Al, Zn, Pb, Fe)
(a) Which metal salt solution was used?
(b) What is the formula of the white gelatinous precipitate
obtained?
Solution 7
(a) ZnCl2
(b) Zn(OH)2
Question 8
Name:
(a) A yellow monoxide that dissolves in hot and concentrated
caustic alkali.
(b) A white, insoluble oxide that dissolves when fused with
caustic soda or caustic potash.
(c) A compound containing zinc in the anion.
Solution 8
(a) PbO
(b) ZnO
(c) K2ZnO2
Question 9
Select the correct answers:
(a) Colour of an aqueous solution of copper sulphate is
(i) Green
(ii) Brown
(iii) Blue
(iv) Yellow
(b) Colour of the precipitate formed on adding NaOH solution
to iron (II) sulphate solution is
(i) White
(ii) Brown
(iii) Green
(iv) Pale blue
(c) A metal which produces hydrogen on reacting with alkali
as well as with acid.
(i) Iron
(ii) Magnesium
(iii) Zinc
(iv) Copper
(d) The salt solution which does not react with ammonium
hydroxide is
(a) Calcium nitrate
(b) Zinc nitrate
(c) Lead nitrate
(d) Copper nitrate
Solution 9
(a) (iii)
Aqueous solution of copper sulphate is blue.
(b) (iii)
FeSO4 +
2NaOH → Fe(OH)2 + Na2SO4
(Dirty
green, (Colourless)
gelatinous ppt.)
(c) (iii)
Zn + 2NaOH → Na2ZnO2 + H2
Sodium
zincate
(Colourless)
Zz Zn + HCl → ZnCl2 + H2
(d) Option (a)
The salt solution which does not react with ammonium
hydroxide is calcium nitrate.
Question 10
What do you observe when freshly precipitated aluminum
hydroxide reacts with caustic soda solution?Give balanced
equation.
Solution 10
When freshly precipitated aluminum hydroxide reacts with
caustic soda solution, whitesalt of sodium meta aluminate is
obtained.
Question 11
You are provided with two reagent bottles marked A and B.
One of which contains NH4OH solution and the
other contains NaOH solution. How will you identify them by
a chemical test?
Solution 11
Reagent bottles A and B can identified by using calcium
salts such as Ca(NO3)2.
On adding NaOH to Ca (NO3)2, Ca (OH)
2 is precipitated as white precipitate which is
sparingly soluble in excess of NaOH.
Ca(NO3)2+2NaOH
Ca(OH)2+2NaNO3
Whereas, on addition of NH4OH to calcium salts,
no precipitation of Ca(OH)2 occurs even with
addition of excess of NH4OH because the
concentration of OH-ions from the ionization of
NH4OH is so low that it cannot precipitate the
hydroxide of calcium.
So the reagent bottle which gives white precipitate is NaOH
and the other is NH4OH.
Question 12
Distinguish by adding: sodium hydroxide solution and
ammonium hydroxide solution to
(a) Calcium salt solution and lead salt solution
(b) Lead nitrate solution and zinc nitrate solution
(c) Copper salt solution and ferrous salt solution
(d)Fe(II) salt solution and Fe(III) salt solution
(e) Ferrous nitrate and lead nitrate
Solution 12
(a) Sodium hydroxide on reaction with calcium salt gives a
milky white precipitate, while that of with lead it gives
chalky white precipitate.
(b) Sodium hydroxide and ammonium hydroxide on reaction with
lead salt gives brown coloured precipitate, while that of
with zinc it forms white gelatin like precipitate.
(c) Sodium hydroxide and ammonium hydroxide on reaction with
Copper salt gives pale blue coloured precipitate, while that
of with ferrous salt solution it forms dirty green coloured
precipitate.
(d)Sodium hydroxide and ammonium hydroxide on reaction with
Fe(II) salt gives dirty green coloured precipitate, while
that of with Fe(III) salt solution it forms reddish brown
insoluble precipitate.
(e) Ammonium hydroxide on reaction with lead nitrate gives a
chalky white insoluble precipitate, while that of with
ferrous nitrate will not give any precipitation.
Question 13
How will you distinguish lead carbonate and zinc carbonate
in solution?
Solution 13
Lead carbonate is dissolved in dilute nitric acid and then
ammonium hydroxide is added to it. A white precipitate is
formed which is insoluble in excess.
Zinc carbonate is dissolved in dilute nitric acid and then
ammonium hydroxide is added to it. A white precipitate is
formed which is soluble in excess.
Question 14
What is observed when hot concentrated caustic soda solution
is added to
a. Zinc
b. Aluminium
Write balanced equations.
Solution 14
a. Zn + 2NaOH → Na2ZnO2 + H2
b. 2Al + 2NaOH + 2H2O → 2Na2AlO2
+ 3H2
Question 15
a. What do you understand by amphoteric oxide?
b. Give the balanced equations for the reaction with two
different amphoteric oxides with a caustic alkali.
c. Name the products formed.
Solution 15
a. Amphoteric oxides are compounds which react with both
acids and alkalis to form salt and water.
b. ZnO + 2NaOH → Na2ZnO2 + H2O
Al2O3 + 2NaOH → 2NaAlO2 +
H2O
c. Sodium zincate
Aluminium zincate
Question 16
Write balanced equations for the following conversions:
Solution 16
Chapter 4 - Analytical Chemistry Exercise Intext 1
Question 1
What do you understand by the following:
(i) Analysis,
(ii) Qualitative analysis,
(iii) Reagent,
(iv) Precipitation?
Solution 1
(i) Analysis: The determination of chemical components in a
given sample is called analysis.
(ii) Qualitative analysis: The analysis which involves the
identification of the unknown substances in a given sample
is called qualitative analysis.
(iii) Reagent:A reagent is a substance that reacts with
another substance.
(iv) Precipitation: It is the process of formation of an
insoluble solid when solutions are mixed. The solid thus
formed is called precipitate.
Question 2
Write the probable colour of the following salts:
(i) Iron (III) chloride,
(ii) Potassium nitrate,
(iii) Ferrous sulphate,
(iv) Aluminum acetate,
Solution 2
(i) Yellow
(ii) Colourless
(iii) PaleGreen
(iv) Colourless
Question 3
Name the probable cations present in the following
observations:
a. White precipitate insoluble in NH4OH but
soluble in NaOH
b. Blue-coloured solution
Solution 3
a. Pb2+
b. Cu2+
Question 4
Name the metal hydroxides which are :
a.
Insoluble
b.
Soluble
i.
Caustic soda solution
ii.
Ammonium hydroxide solution.
Solution 4
Name of solution
|
Soluble metal hydroxides
|
Insoluble metal hydroxides
|
Caustic soda solution
|
Zn(OH)2 Pb(OH)2
|
Fe(OH)3
|
Ammonium hydroxide solution
|
Zn(OH)2
Cu(OH)2
|
Fe(OH)3
Fe(OH)2
|
Question 5
What do you observe when an ammonium salt is heated with
caustic soda solution? Write the word equation.
Solution 5
When ammonium salt is heated with caustic soda solution,
ammonia gas is evolved.
The word equation is:
Ammonium chloride + Sodium hydroxide
Sodium
chloride + water + ammonia
Ammonium sulphate + Sodium hydroxide
Sodium sulphate + water + ammonia
The balance equation is:
NH4Cl+NaOH
NaCl+H2O+NH3↑
(NH4)2SO4 + 2NaOH
Na2SO4
+ 2H2O + 2NH3↑
Question 6
How will you distinguish NH4OH solution from NaOH
solution?
Solution 6
NH4OH and NaOH can be distinguished by using
calcium salts.
For example on adding NaOH to Ca(NO3)2,
Ca(OH)2 is obtained as white precipitate which is
sparingly soluble in excess of NaOH.
Ca(NO3)2+2NaOH
Ca(OH)2+2NaNO3
On addition of NH4OH to calcium salts, no
precipitation of Ca(OH)2 occurs even with the
addition of excess of NH4OH.This is because the
concentration of OH- ions from the ionization of
NH4OH is so low that it cannot precipitate the
hydroxide of calcium.
Question 7
Why is an alkali added drop by drop to the salt solution?
Solution 7
If an alkali is added too quickly, then it is easy to miss a
precipitate which redissolves in excess alkali.
Question 8
Write balanced equations:
(a) Reaction of sodium hydroxide solution with iron (III)
chloride solution.
(b) Copper sulphate solution with ammonium hydroxide
solution.
Solution 8
(a)
(b)
Chapter 2 - Chemical Bonding Exercise Ex. 2
Question 1
Define a coordinate bond and give conditions for its
formation.
Solution 1
The bond formed between two atoms by sharing a pair of
electrons, provided entirely by one of the combining atoms
but shared by both is called a coordinate bond. It is
represented by an arrow starting from the donor atoms and
ending in the acceptor atom.
Conditions:
1. One of the two atoms must have at least one lone pair of
electrons.
2. Another atom should be short of at least a lone pair of
electrons.
The two lone pair of electrons in the oxygen atom of water
is used to form coordinate bond with the hydrogen ion which
is short of an electron resulting in the formation of the
hydronium ion.
H2O + H+
H3O+
Over here the hydrogen ion accepts one lone pair of
electrons of the oxygen atom of water molecule leading to
the formation of a coordinate covalent bond.
Question 2
What do you understand by lone pair and shared pair?
Solution 2
A pair of electrons which is not shared with any other atom
is known as a lone pair of electrons. It is provided to the
other atom for the formation of a coordinate bond.
A pair of electrons which is shared between two atoms
resulting in the formation of a covalent bond is called a
shared pair.
Question 3
State the type of bonding in the following molecules:
a. Water
b. Calcium oxide
c. Hydroxyl ion
d. Methane
e. Ammonium ion
f. Ammonium chloride
Solution 3
a. Polar covalent bond
b. Ionic bond
c. O and H are bonded with a single covalent
bond and
oxygen possesses a single negative charge in the hydroxyl
ion.
d. Covalent bond
e. Coordinate bond
f. Electrovalent
bond,
dative
bond (or
coordinate bond)
and covalent
bond
Question 4
(a) Draw an electron dot diagram to show the structure of
each of the following:
(i) Hydronium ions
(ii) Ammonium ion
(iii) Hydroxyl ion
State the type of bonding present in them.
(b) Give two examples in each case:
(i) Co-ordinate bond compounds
(ii) Solid covalent compounds
(iii) Gaseous polar compounds
(iv) Gaseous non-polar compounds
(v) Liquid non-polar compounds
Solution 4
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(b)
(i) Ammoniumion and hydronium ion
(ii) Phosphoruspentachloride and diamond
(iii) Hydrogen chloride and water vapour
(iv) Oxygen gas and nitrogen gas
(v) Toluene and Gasoline
Question 5
Element M forms a chloride with the formula MCl2
which is a solid with high melting point. M would most
likely be in the group in which ______ is placed. [(a) Na
(b) Mg (c)Al (d) Si]
Solution 5
Mg
Question 6
Complete the following:
|
Sodium
|
Phosphorus
|
Carbon
|
Formula of chloride
|
|
|
|
Nature of bonding
|
|
|
|
Physical state of chloride
|
|
|
|
Solution 6
|
Sodium
|
Phosphorus
|
Carbon
|
Formula of chloride
|
NaCl
|
PCl5
|
CCl4
|
Nature of bonding
|
Ionic
|
Covalent
|
Covalent
|
Physical state of chloride
|
Solid
|
Solid
|
Liquid
|
Question 7
a. How many atoms of each kind are present in the following
molecules: calcium oxide, chlorine, water, carbon
tetrachloride?
b. How many electrons are required by each atom mentioned in
(a) to attain the nearest noble gas configuration?
Solution 7
a. CaO - 1 calcium atom + 1 oxygen atom
Cl2 - 2 chlorine atoms
H2O - 2 hydrogen atoms + 1 oxygen atom
CCl4 - 1 carbon atom + 4 chlorine atoms
b.
Ca - will donate two electrons
O - will accept two electrons
Cl - will accept one electron, so two Cl atoms will share an
electron pair.
C - will accept four electrons by sharing electrons pairs
with hydrogen forming covalent bonds.
H - will donate one electron by sharing an electron pair
with carbon.
Question 8
Complete the following:
(a) When the nuclei of two reacting atoms are of _____ mass,
then a bond so formed is called _____covalent bond. (Equal,
unequal, polar, non -polar).
(b) In case of non-polar covalent bond, the covalent bond is
formed in the _____of atoms and shared electrons are
distributed _____. (Corner, middle, equally, unequally).
(c) Ionic or electrovalent compounds do not conduct
electricity in their …………… state. (Fused/solid)
(d) The ions in ______ compounds are held very strongly due
to strong _______ forces. ( electrovalent, covalent,
electromagnetic, electrostatic)
Solution 8
(a) Unequal,polar
(b) Middle, equally
(c) Ionic or electrovalent compounds do not conduct
electricity in their solid state.
(d) Electrovalent, electrostatic
Question 9
a. Compound X consists of molecules. Choose the letter
corresponding to the correct answer from the options A, B, C
and D given below:
i. The type of bonding in X will be
A. ionic
B. electrovalent
C. covalent
D. molecular
ii. X is likely to have a
A. low melting point and high boiling point
B. high melting point and low boiling point
C. low melting point and low boiling point
D. high melting point and high boiling point
iii. In the liquid state, X will
A. become ionic
B. be an electrolyte
C. conduct electricity
D. not conduct electricity
Solution 9
a.
i. C
ii. C
iii. D
Question 10
a. Electrons are getting added to an element Y:
i. Is Y getting oxidised or reduced?
ii. What charge will Y migrate to during the process of
electrolysis?
b. Acids dissolve in water and produce positively charged
ions. Draw the structure of these positive ions.
c. Explain why carbon tetrachloride does not dissolve in
water.
Solution 10
a.
i. Y is getting reduced.
ii. Y is positive and it will migrate towards negative
electrode that is cathode.
b.
c. It is a non-polar covalent compound and does not dissolve
in polar solvents like water.
Question 11
a. Elements Q and S react together to form an ionic
compound. Under normal conditions, which physical state
will the compound QS exist in?
b. Can Q and S both be metals? Justify your answer.
c. The property which is characteristic of an electrovalent
compound is that
A. it is easily vaporised
B. it has a high melting point
C. it is a weak electrolyte
D. it often exists as a liquid
d. When a metal atom becomes an ion,
A. it loses electrons and is oxidised
B. it gains electrons and is reduced
C. it gains electrons and is oxidised
D. it loses electrons and is reduced
Solution 11
a.
Solid
b. No, in the formation of an ionic compound, one element is
a metal and the other is a non-metal.
c. B
d. A
Question 12
In the formation of magnesium chloride (by direct
combination between magnesium and chloride), name the
substance that is oxidized and the substance that is
reduced.
Solution 12
Magnesium oxidises and chlorine reduces during the formation
of magnesium chloride.
Question b
What are the terms defined below?
(i) A bond formed by share pair of electrons, each bonding
atom contributing one electron to the pair.
(ii) A bond formed by a shared pair of electrons with both
electrons coming from the same atom.
Solution b
(i) Covalent bond
(ii) Co-ordinate bond
Question 14
a. The one which is composed of all the three kinds of bonds
[ionic, covalent and coordinate bonds] is
A. Sodium chloride
B. Ammonia
C. Carbon tetrachloride
D. Ammonium chloride
b. Draw the structural formula of carbon tetrachloride and
state the type of bond present in it.
Solution 14
a. Ammonium chloride
b.
A single covalent bond is present.
Question 15
a. Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D. Metals lose
electrons during ionisation _____. This change is called
A. Oxidation
B. Reduction
C. Redox
D. Displacement
b. Select the right answer.
i. Sodium chloride _______ covalent bond / ionic bond /
covalent and coordinate bond.
ii. Ammonium ion _______ covalent bond / ionic bond /
covalent and coordinate bond.
iii. Carbon tetrachloride _______ covalent bond / ionic
bond / covalent and coordinate bond.
Solution 15
a. Oxidation
b.
i. ionic bond
ii. covalent and oordinate bond
iii. covalent bond
Question 16
a.
i. In covalent compounds, the bond is formed due to ……………
[sharing/transfer] of electrons.
ii. Electrovalent compounds have a ……….. [low/high] boiling
point.
iii. A molecule of ……………. contains a triple bond.
[hydrogen, ammonia, nitrogen].
b. By drawing an electron dot diagram, show the lone pair
effect leading to the formation of ammonium ion from ammonia
gas and hydrogen ion.
c. Give reasons. Hydrogen chloride can be termed a polar
covalent compound.
Solution 16
a.
i. Sharing
ii. high
iii. nitrogen
b.
c.
HCl is a covalent compound formed by sharing one electron
between chlorine and hydrogen. Because chlorine is more
electronegative than hydrogen, the shared pair of electrons
shifts towards the chlorine atom. So, a partial negative
charge (δ-) develops on chlorine and a partial
positive charge (δ+) develops on hydrogen. Hence,
the covalent bond is polar in nature.
Question 17
a. Draw an electron dot diagram of the structure of
hydronium ion. State the type of bonding present in it.
b. There are three elements E, F, G with atomic number 19, 8
and 17, respectively. Give the molecular formula of the
compound formed between E and G and state the type of
chemical bond in this compound.
Solution 17
a.
Covalent and coordinate bond
b. E = 19
F = 8
G= 17
Molecular formula: EG
Chemical bond: Ionic bond
Question 18
a. A chemical term for a bond formed by a shared pair of
electrons with both electrons coming from the same atom.
b. Among the compounds, identify the compound that has all
three bonds [ionic, covalent and coordinate bond].
A. Ammonia
B. Ammonium chloride
C. Sodium hydroxide
D. Calcium chloride
c. State which is not a typical property of an ionic
compound.
A. High m.p.
B. Conducts electricity in molten and aqueous state
C. Are insoluble in water
D. Exist as oppositely charged ions even in the solid state
d. Compare carbon tetrachloride and sodium chloride with
regard to solubility in water and electrical conductivity.
Solution 18
a. Dative or coordinate bond
b. B Ammonium chloride
c. C Are insoluble in water
d.
Carbon tetrachloride
|
Sodium chloride
|
It is insoluble in water but dissolves in organic
solvents.
|
It is soluble in water but insoluble in organic
solvents.
|
It is a non-conductor of electricity due to the
absence of ions.
|
It does not conduct electricity in the solid state
but conducts electricity in the fused or aqueous
state.
|
Question 19
a. Compound 'X' consists of only molecules. 'X' will have
______
A. Crystalline hard structure
B. A low m.p. and low b.p.
C. An ionic bond
D. A strong force of attraction between its molecules
b. The molecule which contains a triple covalent bond is
A. ammonia
B. methane
C. water
D. nitrogen
c. Give one word or phrase for the following: Formation of
ions from molecules.
d. Give reason why covalent compounds exist as gases,
liquids or soft solids.
Solution 19
a. B
b. D
c. Ionisation
d. Their constituent particles are molecules. These exist as
gases or liquids or soft solids because they have weak
forces of attraction between their molecules.
Question 20
(a) The following table shows the electronic configuration
of the elements W, X, Y, Z:
Element
|
W
|
X
|
Y
|
Z
|
Electronic configurations
|
2, 8, 1
|
2, 8, 7
|
2, 5
|
1
|
Answer the following questions based on the table above:
(i) What type of Bond is formed between :
1. W and X 2. Y and Z
(ii) What is the formula of the compound formed between :
1. X and Z 2. W and X
Solution 20
(i) Ionic bond is formed by transfer of one electron from
element W to element X.
(ii)
Covalent bond is formed by sharing of electrons between
elements Y and Z.
Chapter 2 - Chemical Bonding Exercise Intext 1
Question 1
How do atoms attain noble gas configuration?
Solution 1
Atoms lose, gain or share electrons to attain noble gas
configuration.
Question 2
Define
(a) a chemical bond
(b) an electrovalent bond
(c) a covalent bond
Solution 2
(a) A chemical bond may be defined as the force of
attraction between any two atoms, in a molecule, to maintain
stability.
(b) The chemical bond formed between two atoms by transfer
of one or more electrons from the atom of a metallic
electropositive element to an atom of a non-metallic
electronegative element is called as electrovalent bond.
(c) The chemical bond formed due to mutual sharing of
electrons between the given pairs of atoms of non-metallic
elements is called as a covalent bond.
Question 3
What are the conditions for formation of an electrovalent
bond?
Solution 3
Conditions for formation of Ionic bond are:
(i) The atom which changes into cation should possess 1, 2
or 3 valency electrons. The other atom which changes into
anion should possess 5, 6 or 7 electrons in the valence
shell.
(ii) A high difference of electronegativity of the two atoms
is necessary for the formation of an Ionic bond.
(iii) There must be an overall decrease in energy i.e.,
energy must be released.
For this an atom should have low value of Ionisation
potential and the other atom should have high value of
electron affinity..
Question 4
An atom X has three electrons more than noble gas
configuration. What type of ion will it form? Write the
formula of its (i) Sulphate (ii) Nitrate (iii) Phosphate
(iv) carbonate (v) Hydroxide
Solution 4
It will form a cation: X3+
(i) X2(SO4)3
(ii) X(NO3)3
(iii) XPO4
(iv) X2(CO3)3
(v) X(OH)3
Question 5
Mention the basic tendency of an atom which makes it combine
with other atoms.
Solution 5
Atoms combine with other atoms to attain stable octet or
noble gas configuration.
Question 6 do ur self
Q A solid is crystalline, has a high melting point and is
water soluble. Describe the nature of the solid.
Solution
The crystalline solid is ionic in nature. It has strong
electrostatic forces of attraction between its ions, which
cannot be separated easily.
Crystalline solids have high melting and boiling points, and
a large amount of energy is required to break the strong
bonding force between ions.
Water is a polar compound, so it decreases the electrostatic
forces of attraction in the crystalline solid, resulting in
free ions in the aqueous solution. Hence, the solid
dissolves.
Question 7
In the formation of compound XY2, an atom X gives
one electron to each Y atom, what is the nature of bond in
XY2? Draw the electron dot structure of
this compound?
Solution 7
X and Y form an ionic bond in XY2.
.
Question 8
An atom has 2, 8, 7 electrons in its shell. It combines with
Y having 1 electron in its outermost shell.
(a) What type of bond will be formed between X and Y?
(b) Write the formula of compound formed.
Solution 8
(a) X has 7 electrons in its outermost shell and Y has only
one electron in its outermost shell so Y loses its one
electron and X gains that electron to form an ionic bond.
(b) The formula of the compound would be XY.
Question 9
Draw electron dot diagrams of
(i) NaCl (ii) MgCl2 (iii) CaO.
Solution 9
Orbit structure and electron dot diagram of NaCl:
Orbit structure and electron dot diagram of MgCl2:
Orbit structure and electron dot diagram of CaO:
Question 10
Compare :
(a) Sodium atom and sodium ion
(b) Chlorine atom and chlorine ion
With respect to
(i) Atomic structure
(ii) Electrical state
(iii) Chemical action and
(iv) toxicity
Solution 10
(a) Sodium atom and sodium ion
(i) Sodium atom has one electron in M shell while sodium ion
has 8 electrons in L shell.
(ii) Sodium atom is neutral while sodium ion is positively
charged.
(iii) Sodium atom is highly reactive while its ion is inert.
iv)
Sodium atom is poisonous while sodium ion is non-poisonous.
(b)Chlorine atom and chlorine ion
(i) Chlorine atom has 7 electrons in its M shell while
Chloride ion has 8 electrons in the same shell.
(ii) Chlorine atom is neutral while chloride ion is
negatively charged.
(iii) Chlorine atom is highly reactive while its ion is
inert.
iv)
Chlorine gas is poisonous while chloride ion is
non-poisonous.
Question 11
The electronic configuration of fluoride ion is the same as
that of a neon atom. What is the difference between two?
Solution 11
Fluoride ion is negatively charged while neon atom is
neutral.
Question 13
a. What do you understand by redox reactions? Explain
oxidation and reduction in terms of loss or gain of
electrons.
14. Divide the following redox reactions into oxidation and
reduction half reactions.
15. Potassium (Atomic No. 19) and chlorine (Atomic No. 17)
react to form a compound. On the basis of electronic
concept, explain
i. oxidation
ii. reduction
iii. oxidising agent
iv. reducing agent
Solution 13
a. Transfer
of electron(s) is involved in the formation of an
electrovalent bond. The electropositive atom undergoes
oxidation, while the electronegative atom undergoes
reduction. This is known as a redox process.
Oxidation: In the electronic concept, oxidation is a process
in which an atom or ion loses electron(s).
Zn → Zn2+
+ 2e-
Reduction: In the electronic concept, the reduction is a
process in which an atom or ion accepts electron(s).
Cu2+ + 2e-→
Cu
14
i. Zn
→
Zn2+ + 2e- (Oxidation)
Pb2+ + 2e- →
Pb (Reduction)
ii. Zn
→
Zn2+ + 2e- (Oxidation)
Cu2+ + 2e-→
Cu (Reduction)
iii. Cl2
+ 2e-→
2Cl-
(Reduction)
2Br-→
Br2 + 2e- (Oxidation)
iv. Sn2+→
Sn4+ + 2e- (Oxidation)
2Hg2+ + 2e-→
Hg2 (Reduction)
v. Cu+→
Cu2+ + e- (Oxidation)
Cu+ + e- →
Cu (Reduction)
15 2K + Cl2→
2KCl
i. Oxidation:
In the electronic concept, oxidation is a process in which
an atom or ion loses electron(s).
K → K+
+ e-
ii. Reduction:
In the electronic concept, the reduction is a process in
which an atom or ion accepts electron(s).
Cl2 + 2e-→
2Cl-
iii. Oxidising
agent
An oxidising agent oxidises other substances either by
accepting electrons or by providing oxygen or an
electronegative ion, or by removing hydrogen or an
electropositive ion.
Cl2 + 2e-→
2Cl-
iv. Reducing
agent
A reducing agent reduces other substances either by
providing electrons or by providing hydrogen or an
electropositive ion, or by removing oxygen or an
electronegative ion.
K → K+
+ e-
Chapter 2 - Chemical Bonding Exercise Intext 2
Question 1
What are conditions necessary for the formation of covalent
molecules?
Solution 1
(i) Both atoms should have four or more electrons in their
outermost shells, i.e., non-metals.
(ii) Both the atoms should have high electronegativity.
(iii) Both the atoms should have high electron affinity and
high ionisation potential.
(iv) Electronegativity difference between the two atoms
should be zero or negligible.
(v) The approach of the atoms towards one another should be
accompanied by decrease of energy.
Question 2
Elements A, B and C have atomic numbers17, 19 and 10
respectively.
(a) State which one is:
(i) A non-metal
(ii) A metal
(iii) Chemically inert?
(b) Write down the formula of the compound formed by two of
the above elements.
Solution 2
(a) A is a non-metal; B is a metal while C is a chemically
inert element.
(b) BA
Question 3
Draw the electron dot diagram and structure of:
a. nitrogen molecule
b. magnesium chloride
c. methane
Solution 3
a.
b.
c.
Question 4
What is the difference between:
(a) Ionic compounds and polar covalent compounds
(b) Ionic compounds and covalent compounds
(c) A polar covalent compound and a non-polar covalent
compound?
Solution 4
(a) Ionic compounds are formed as a result of the transfer
of one or more electrons from the atom of a metallic
electropositive element to an atom of a non-metallic
electronegative element.
A polar covalent compound is the one in which there is an
unequal distribution of electrons between the two atoms.
(b) Ionic compounds, made up of ions, are generally
crystalline solids with high melting and boiling points.
They are soluble in water and good conductors of electricity
in aqueous solution and molten state.
Covalent compounds, made up of molecules, can exist as soft
solids or liquids or gases with low melting and boiling
points. They are generally insoluble in water and poor
conductors of electricity.
(c) Polar covalent compounds are formed between
2 non-metal atoms that have different electronegativities
and therefore have unequal sharing of the bonded electron
pair.
Non-polar compounds are formed when two
identical
non-metals equally share electrons between them.
Question 5
The element X has electronic configuration 2, 8, 18, 8, 1.
Without identifying X ,
(a) Predict the sign and charge on a simple ion of X
(b) Write if X will be an oxidizing agent or reducing agent
and why?
Solution 5
(a) X+
(b) X will be a strong reducing agent as it will have the
tendency to donate its valence electron.
Question 6
What do you understand by dipole compounds? Explain it by
taking hydrogen chloride as an example.
Solution 6
Covalent compounds are said to be polar when shared pair of
electrons are unequally distributed between the two atoms.
For example in HCl, the high electronegativity of the
chlorine atom attracts the shared electron pair towards
itself. As a result, it develops a slight negative charge
and hydrogen atom develops a slight positive charge. Hence,
a polar covalent bond is formed.
Question 7
a. Explain the bonding in methane molecule using the
electron dot structure.
b. The methane molecule is a non-polar molecule. Explain.
Solution 7
a.
Atom
|
Electronic configuration
|
Nearest noble gas
|
To attain stable electronic configuration of a
nearest noble gas
|
Carbon
|
126C [2,4]
|
Neon [2,8]
|
Carbon needs four electrons to complete the octet.
|
Hydrogen
|
11H [1]
|
Helium [2]
|
Hydrogen needs one electron to complete the duplet.
|
One atom of carbon shares four electron pairs, one with each
of the four atoms of hydrogen.
|
Before combination
(4 [H] and 1 [C] atom)
|
After combination (CH4 - Methane
molecule)
|
b. Methane is a covalent compound and is non-polar in
nature. This is because the shared pair of electrons is
equally distributed between the two atoms. So, no charge
separation takes place and the molecule is symmetrical and
electrically neutral.
Question 8
Give the characteristic properties of:
(a) Electrovalent compounds
(b) Covalent compounds
Solution 8
(a) Properties of Electrovalent Compounds:
1. Ionic compounds usually exist in the form of crystalline
solids.
2. Ionic compounds have high melting and boiling points.
3. Ionic compounds are generally soluble in water but
insoluble in organic solvents.
4. They are good conductors of electricity in the fused or
in an aqueous solution state.
(b) Properties of Covalent Compounds:
1.The covalent compounds exist as gases or liquids or soft
solids.
2. The melting and boiling points of covalent compounds are
generally low.
3. Covalent compounds are insoluble in water but dissolve in
organic solvents.
4. They are non-conductors of electricity in the solid,
molten or aqueous state.
Question 9
a. State the type of bond is formed when the combining atoms
have:
i. zero E.N. difference
ii. small E.N. difference
iii. large E.N. difference
b. State the type of bond formed, and draw Lewis structure
of
i. water
ii. calcium oxide
Solution 9
a.
i. Covalent bond
ii. Polar covalent bond
iii. Ionic bond
b.
i. water: Polar covalent bonding takes place in water.
ii. calcium oxide: Electrovalent bonding takes place in
calcium oxide.
Question 10
Explain the following:
a. Electrovalent compounds conduct electricity.
b. Electrovalent compounds have a high melting point and
boiling point, while covalent compounds have low melting and
boiling points.
c. Electrovalent compounds dissolve in water, whereas
covalent compounds do not.
d. Electrovalent compounds are usually hard crystals yet
brittle.
e. Polar covalent compounds conduct electricity.
Solution 10
a. Electrovalent
compounds
are good conductors of electricity in the fused or aqueous
state because electrostatic forces of attraction between
ions in the solid state are very strong and these forces
weaken in the fused state or in the solution state. Hence,
ions become mobile.
b. Electrovalent
compounds have a strong force of attraction between the
oppositely charged ions, so a large amount of energy is
required to break the strong bonding force between ions. So,
they have high boiling and melting points.
Covalent compounds have weak forces of attraction between
the binding molecules, thus less energy is required to break
the force of binding. So, they have low boiling and melting
points.
c. As
water is a polar compound, it decreases the electrostatic
forces of attraction, resulting in free ions in the aqueous
solution. Hence, electrovalent compounds dissolve.
Covalent compounds do not dissolve in water but dissolve in
organic solvents. Organic solvents are non-polar; hence,
these dissolve in non-polar covalent compounds.
d. Electrovalent
compounds are usually hard crystals yet brittle because they
have strong electrostatic forces of attraction between their
ions which cannot be separated easily.
e. Polar
covalent compounds conduct electricity because they form
ions in their solutions.
Question 11
Elements X, Y and Z have atomic numbers 6, 9 and 12,
respectively. Which one
a. forms an anion
b. forms a cation
c. State the type of bond between Y and Z and give its
molecular formula.
Solution 11
a.
i. Y = 9
ii. Z =
12
b. Ionic
bond with molecular formula ZY2.
Question 12
Taking MgCl2 as an electrovalent compound and CCl4
as a covalent compound, give four differences between
electrovalent and covalent compounds.
Solution 12
MgCl2 - Electrovalent compound
|
CCl4 - Covalent compound
|
They are hard crystalline solids consisting of ions.
|
These are gases or liquids or soft solids.
|
They have high melting and boiling points.
|
They have low melting and boiling points.
|
They conduct electricity in the fused or aqueous
state.
|
They do not conduct electricity in the solid, molten
or aqueous state.
|
These are soluble in inorganic solvents but
insoluble in organic solvents.
|
These are insoluble in water but dissolve in organic
solvents.
|
Question 13
Potassium chloride is an electrovalent compound, while
hydrogen chloride is a covalent compound. But both conduct
electricity in their aqueous solutions. Explain.
Solution 13
Potassium chloride is an electrovalent compound and conducts
electricity in the molten or aqueous state because the
electrostatic forces of attraction weaken in the fused state
or in aqueous solution.
Polar covalent compounds like hydrogen chloride ionise in
their solutions and can act as an electrolyte. So, both can
conduct electricity in their aqueous solutions.
Question 14
a. Name two compounds that are covalent when pure but
produce ions when dissolved in water.
b. For each compound mentioned above, give the formulae of
ions formed in the aqueous solution.
Solution 14
a. HCl and
NH3
b.
HCl + H2O
→ H3O+
+ Cl-
NH3 + H2O →NH4+
+ OH-
Question 15
An element M burns in oxygen to form an ionic bond MO. Write
the formula of the compounds formed if this element is made
to combine with chlorine and sulphur separately.
Solution 15
Formula of compound when combined with sulphur - MSFormula
of compound when combined with chlorine - MCl2
Question 16
Element A has 2 electrons in its M shell. Element B has
atomic number 7.
(a) Write equations to show how A and B form ions.
(b) If B is a diatomic gas, write the equation for the
direct combination of A and B to form a compound.
(c) If
the compound formed between A and B is melted and an
electric current is passed through the molten compound, then
element A will be obtained at the _________ and B at the
________ of the electrolytic cell.
Solution 16
(a)
(b)
(c) If the compound formed between A and B is melted and an
electric current is passed through the molten compound, then
element A will be obtained at the cathode and B at
the anode of the electrolytic cell.
Chapter 3 - Acids, Bases and Salts Exercise Ex. 3(A)
Question 1
What do you understand by an alkali? Give two examples of :
(a) Strong alkalis
(b) Weak alkalis
Solution 1
An alkali is a basic hydroxide which when dissolved in water
produces hydroxyl ions (OH-) as the only
negatively charged ions.
(a) Strong alkalis: Sodium hydroxide , Potassium hydroxide
(b) Weak alkalis: Calcium hydroxide , Ammonium hydroxide
Question 2
What is the difference between :
(a) An alkali and a base
(b) The chemical nature of an aqueous solution of HCl and an
aqueous solution of NH3
Solution 2
(a) An alkali and a base:
1. Alkalis are soluble in water whereas bases may be or may
not be soluble in water.
2. All alkalis are bases but all bases are not alkalis.
(b) The chemical nature of an aqueous solution of HCl and an
aqueous solution of NH3
1. The aqueous solution of HCl is acidic in nature. It can
turn blue litmus to red.
2. The aqueous solution of NH3 is basic in
nature. It can turn red litmus to blue.
Question 3
Name the ions furnished by
a. bases in solution
b. an acid
Solution 3
a. Hydroxyl ion (OH-)
b. H+
Question 4
Give one example in each case:
(a) A basic oxide which is soluble in water,
(b) A hydroxide which is highly soluble in water,
(c) A basic oxide which is insoluble in water,
(d) A hydroxide which is insoluble in water,
(e) A weak mineral acid,
(f) A base which is not an alkali,
(g) An oxide which is a base,
(h) A hydrogen containing compound which is not an acid,
(i) A base which does not contain a metal ion.
Solution 4
(a) Barium oxide ,Na20
(b) Sodium hydroxide,NH4oH
(c) Manganese oxide ,cuo
(d) Cupper hydroxide,Al(oH)3
(e) Carbonic acid
(f) Ferric hydroxide
(g) Copper oxide
(h) Ammonia
(i) Ammonium hydroxide
Question 5
You have been provided with three test tubes. One of them
contains distilled water and the other two have an acidic
solution and a basic solution respectively. If you are given
red litmus paper, how will you identify the contents of each
test tube?
Solution 5
The test tube containing distilled water does not affect the
red litmus paper.
The test tube containing acidic solution does not change the
red litmus paper.
But the test tube containing basic solution turns red litmus
paper blue.
Question 6
HCl, HNO3, C2H5OH, C6H12O6
all contain H atoms but only HCl and HNO3 show
acidic character. Why?
Solution 6
It is because HCl and HNO3 ionize in aqueous
solution whereas ethanol and glucose do not ionize in
aqueous solution.
Question 7
a. Dry HCl gas does not change the colour of dry litmus
paper. Why?
b. ls PbO2 a base or not? Comment.
c. Do basic solutions also have H+(aq)?
Explain why they are basic by taking an example ?
Solution 7
a. Dry HCl gas does
not contain any hydrogen ions in it, so it
does not
show acidic behaviour. Hence,
dry HCl gas does
not change the colour of dry litmus paper.
b. Lead oxide is a metallic oxide which reacts with
hydrochloric acid to produce lead chloride and water, but it
is excluded from the class of bases, because chlorine is
also produced.
PbO2 + 4HCl
→
PbCl2 + Cl2 + 2H2O
Thus, lead oxide is not a base.
c. Yes, basic solutions have H+ ions, but the
concentration of OH- ions is more than the H+
ions which makes the solution basic in nature.
Question 8
How would you obtain:
(a) A base from other base
(b) An alkali from a base
(c) Salt from another salt?
Solution 8
(a) We can obtain a base from another base by double
decomposition. The aqueous solution of salts with base
precipitates the respective metallic hydroxide.
FeCl3 +3NaOH
Fe(OH)3 +3NaCl
(b) An alkali from a base
(c)
Salt from another salt
Question 9
Write balanced equations to satisfy each statement.
(a) Acid + Active metal
Salt
+ Hydrogen
(b) Acid + base
Salt
+ Water
(c) Acid + Carbonate orbicarbonate
Salt
+ Water + carbon dioxide
(d) Acid + sulphite or bisulphite
salt
+ water + sulphur dioxide
(e) Acid + Sulphide
Salt
+ hydrogen sulphide
Solution 9
(a) Mg +2HCl
MgCl2
+ H2
(b) HCl + NaOH
NaCl
+ H2O
(c) CaCO3 +2HCl
CaCl2
+H2O + CO2
(d) CaSO3 + 2HCl
CaCl2
+ H2O+ SO2
(e) ZnS + 2HCl
ZnCl2
+ H2S
Question 10
The skin has and needs natural oils. Why is it advisable to
wear gloves while working with strong alkalis?
Solution 10
As we know that alkalis react with oil to form soap. As our
skin contains oil so when we touch strong alkalis, a
reaction takes place and soapy solution is formed. Hence we
should wear gloves.
Question 11
Complete the table:
Indicator
|
Neutral
|
Acidic
|
Alkaline
|
Litmus
Phenolphthalein
|
Purple
Colourless
|
|
|
Solution 11
Indicator
|
Neutral
|
Acidic
|
Alkaline
|
Litmus
Phenolphthalein
|
Purple
Colourless
|
Blue to red
Colourless
|
Red to blue
Pink
|
Question 12
What do you understand by pH value? Two solutions X and Y
have pH values of 4 and 10, respectively. Which one of these
two will give a pink colour with phenolphthalein indicator?
Solution 12
pH represents the strength of acids and alkalis expressed in
terms of hydrogen ion concentration.
The solution with pH value 10 will give pink colour with
phenolphthalein indicator.
Question 13
You are supplied with five solutions : A , B , C , D and E
with pH values as follows:
A =1.8 , B=7 , C=8.5 , D=13 and E=5
Classify these solutions as neutral, slightly or strongly
acidic and slightly or strongly alkaline.
Which solution would be most likely to liberate hydrogen
with:
(a) Magnesium powder
(b) Powered zinc metal. Give a word equation for each
reaction.
Solution 13
A = Strongly acidic
B= neutral
C=Weakly alkaline
D= Strongly alkaline
E= Weakly acidic
(a) Solution A (acidic solution) + Mg
H2
+ Mg salt
(b) SolutionA (acidic solution) + Zn
H2
+ Zn salt
Question 14
Distinguish between :
(a) A common acid-base indicator and a universal indicator
(b) The acidity of bases and basicity of acids
(c) Acid and alkali (other than indicators)
Solution 14
(a) A common acid-base indicator and a universal indicator:
An acid-base indicator like litmus tells us only whether a
given substance is an acid or a base. The universal
indicator gives an idea as to how acidic or basic a
substance is universal indicator gives different colours
with solutions of different pH values.
(b) The acidity of bases and basicity of acids
The acidity of bases: The number of hydroxyl ions which can
be produced per molecule of the base in aqueous solution.
Basicity of acid: The basicity of an acid is defined as the
number of hydronium ions that can be produced by the
ionization of one molecule of that acid in aqueous solution.
(c) Acid and alkali:
An acid is that substance which gives H+ ions
when dissolved in water.
An alkali is that substance which gives OH- ions
when dissolved in water.
Question 15
What should be added to
(a) Increase the pH value
(b) Decrease the pH value of a neutral solution?
Solution 15
(a) Alkali
(b) Acid
Question 16
How does tooth enamel get damaged? What should be done to
prevent it?
Solution 16
Substances like chocolates and sweets are degraded by
bacteria present in our mouth. When the pH falls to 5.5
tooth decay starts. Tooth enamel is the hardest substance in
our body and it gets corroded. The saliva produced by
salivary glands is slightly alkaline, it helps to increase
the pH, to some extent, but toothpaste which contains basic
substance is used to neutralize excess acid in the mouth.
Question 17
When you use universal indicator, you see that solutions of
different acids produce different colours. Indeed, solution
of the same acid with different concentrations will also
give different colours. Why?
Solution 17
A universal indicator is a mixture of dyes which identify a
gradual change of various colours over a wide range of pH,
depending on the strength of the acid. When we use a
universal indicator, we see solutions of different acids
produce different colours. Indeed, solutions of the same
acid with different concentration give different colours.
The more acidic solutions turn universal indicator bright
red. A less acidic solution will only turn it orange-yellow.
Colour differences can also be observed in case of vinegar
which is less acidic and battery acid which is more acidic.
Question 18
a. A solution has a pH of 7. Explain how you would
i. increase its pH
ii. decrease its pH
b. If a solution changes the colour of litmus from red to
blue, what can you say about its pH?
c. What can you say about the pH of a solution that
liberates carbon dioxide from sodium carbonate?
Solution 18
a.
i. The pH can be increased by adding a basic solution.
ii. The pH can be increased by adding an acidic solution.
b. The solution is basic in nature and the pH value will be
more than 7.
c. Less than 7
Question 19
Solution P has a pH of 13, solution Q has a pH of 6 and
solution R has a pH of 2.
Which solution
a. will liberate ammonia from ammonium sulphate on heating?
b. is a strong acid?
c. contains molecules as well as ions?
Solution 19
a. Solution P
b. Solution R
c. Solution Q
Chapter 3 - Acids, Bases and Salts Exercise Ex. 3(B)
Question 1
Define the following and give two examples in each case:
(a) a normal salt, (b) an acid salt, (c) a mixed salt.
Solution 1
(a) A normal salt: Normal salts are the salts formed by the
complete replacement of the ionizable hydrogen atoms of an
acid by a metallic or an ammonium ion.
(b) An acidic salt: Acid salts are formed by the partial
replacement of the ionizable hydrogen atoms of a polybasic
acid by a metal or an ammonium ion.
(c) A mixed salt: Mixed salts are those salts that contain
more than one basic or acid radical.
Examples:
(a) A Normal salt: Na2SO4 , NaCl
(b) An acid salt: NaHSO4 , Na2HPO4
(c) A mixed salt: NaKCO3 , CaOCl2
Question 2
Answer the following questions related to salts and their
preparations:
(a) What is a salt?
(b) What kind of salt is prepared by precipitation?
(c) Name a salt prepared by the direct combination. Write an
equation for the reaction that takes place in preparing the
salt you have named.
(d) Name the procedure used to prepare a sodium salt such as
sodium sulphate.
Solution 2
(a) Salt is a compound formed by the partial or total
replacement of the ionizable hydrogen atoms of an acid by a
metallic ion or an ammonium ion.
(b) An insoluble salt can be prepared by precipitation.
(c) A salt prepared by direct combination is Iron(III)
chloride.
Reaction:
2Fe +3Cl2
2FeCl3
(d) By neutralizing sodium carbonate or sodium hydroxide
with dilute sulphuric acid:
Na2CO3 + H2SO4 →
Na2SO4 + H2O + CO2
2 NaOH + H2SO4 → Na2SO4
+ 2H2O
Q3 do yourself
Question 4
Describe giving all practical details , how would you
prepare :
(a) Copper sulphate crystals from mixture of charcoal and
black copper oxide,
(b) Zinc sulphate crystals from Zinc dust (powered Zinc and
Zinc oxide)
(c) sodium hydrogen carbonate crystals
(d) Calcium sulphate from calcium carbonate
Solution 4
(a) Copper sulphate crystals from a mixture of charcoal and
black copper oxide:
The carbon in the charcoal reduces the black copper oxide to
reddish-brown copper. The lid must not be removed until the
crucible is cool or the hot copper will be re-oxidized by
air.
Take dilute sulphuric acid in a beaker and heat it on wire
gauze. Add cupric oxide in small quantities at a time, with
stirring till no more of it dissolves and the excess
compound settles to the bottom.
Filter it hot and collect the filtrate in a china dish.
Evaporate the filtrate by heating to the point of
crystallization and then allow it to cool and collect the
crystals of copper sulphate pentahydrate.
Reaction: CuO + H2SO4
CuSO4
+ H2O
CuSO4 + 5H2O
CuSO4.
5H2O
(b) Zinc sulphate crystals from Zinc dust:
Take dilute sulphuric acid in a beaker and heat it on wire
gauze. Add some granulated zinc pieces with constant
stirring. Add till the Zinc settles at the base of the
beaker. Effervescences take place because of the liberation
of hydrogen gas. When effervescence stops, it indicates that
all the acid has been used up. The excess of zinc is
filtered off. Collect the solution in a china dish and
evaporate the solution to get crystals. Filter, wash them
with water and dry them between the folds of paper. The
white needle crystals are of hydrated Zinc sulphate.
Reaction:Zn + H2SO4
ZnSO4
+ H2
ZnSO4 +7 H2O
ZnSO4. 7 H2O
(c) Lead sulphate from metallic lead:
Metallic lead is converted to lead oxide by oxidation. Then
lead sulphate is prepared from insoluble lead oxide, by
first converting it into soluble lead nitrate. Then the lead
nitrate solution is treated with sulphuric acid to obtain
white ppt. of Lead sulphate.
Reaction:
PbO +2HNO3
Pb(NO3)2
+ H2O
Pb(NO3)2 + H2SO4
PbSO4
+ 2HNO3
(d)Sodium hydrogen carbonate crystals:
Dissolve 5 grams of anhydrous sodium carbonate in about 25
ml of distilled water in a flask. Cool the solution by
keeping the flask in a freezing mixture. Pass carbon dioxide
gas in the solution. Crystals of sodium bicarbonate will
precipitate out after some time. Filter the crystals and dry
it in folds of filter paper.
Reaction: Na2CO3 + CO2 + H2O
2NaHCO3
Question 5
The following is the list of methods for the preparation of
salts.
A-Direct combination of two elements.
B-reaction of dilute acid with a metal.
C-reaction of dilute acid with an insoluble base.
D-Titration of dilute acid with a solution of soluble base.
E- reaction of two solutions of salts to form a precipitate.
Choose from the above list A to E , the best method of
preparing the following salts by giving a suitable equation
in each case:
1. Anhydrous ferric chloride,
2. Lead chloride,
3. Sodium sulphate,
4. Copper sulphate.
Solution 5
1. Anhydrous ferric chloride: -A (Direct combination of two
elements)
2Fe + 3Cl2
2FeCl3
2.Lead chloride: -E (Reaction of two solutions of salts to
form a precipitate)
Pb(NO3)2 +2HCl
PbCl2
+2HNO3
3.Sodium sulphate: - D( Titration of dilute acid with a
solution of soluble base)
2NaOH + H2SO4
Na2SO4
+2H2O
4. Copper sulphate:- C (reaction of dilute acid with an
insoluble base)
Cu(OH)2 +H2SO4
CuSO4
+ 2H2O
Question 6
Name:
(a) A chloride which is insoluble in cold water but
dissolves in hot water,
(b) A chloride which is insoluble,
(c) Two sulphates which are insoluble,
(d) A basic salt,
(e) An acidic salt,
(f) A mixed salt,
(g) A complex salt,
(h) A double salt,
(i) a salts whose solubility increases with temperature,
(j) A salt whose solubility decreases with temperature.
Solution 6
(a) Lead chloride
(b) Silver chloride
(c) Barium sulphate and lead sulphate
(d) Basic lead chloride
(e) Sodium hydrogen sulphate
(f) Sodium potassium carbonate
(g) Sodium argentocyanide
(h) Potash alum
(i) Potassium bromide and potassium chloride
(j) Calcium sulphate
Question 7
Fill in the blanks with suitable words:
An acid is a compound which when dissolved in water forms
hydronium ions as the only …………… ions. A base is a compound
which is soluble in water and contains …………….. ions. A base
reacts with an acid to form a …………….. and water only. This
type of reaction is known as …………….
Solution 7
An acid is a compound which when dissolved in water forms
hydronium ions as the only positively charged ions. A
base is a compound which is soluble in water and contains
hydroxide ions. A base reacts with an acid to form a
salt and water only. This type of reaction is known as
neutralisation.
Question 8
What would you observe when:
(a) Blue litmus is introduced into a solution of hydrogen
choride gas.
(b) Red litmus paper is introduced into a solution of
ammonia in water
(c) Red litmus paper is introduced in Caustic soda solution?
Solution 8
(a) Blue litmus will turn into red which will indicate the
solution to be acidic.
(b) No change will be observed.
(c) Red litmus will turn into blue will indicate the
solution to be basic.
Question 9
Explain why:
(a) It is necessary to find out the ratio of reactants
required in the preparation of sodium sulphate.
(b) Fused calcium chloride is used in the preparation of
FeCl3.
(c) Anhydrous FeCl3 cannot be prepared by heating
hydrated iron (III) chloride.
Solution 9
(a) Since sodium hydroxide and sulphuric acid are both
soluble, an excess of either of them cannot be removed by
filtration. Therefore it is necessary to find out on small
scale, the ratio of solutions of the two reactants.
(b) As iron chloride is highly deliquescent, so it is kept
dry with the help of fused calcium chloride.
(c) On heating the hydrate, HCl acid is released and basic
salt (FeOCl) or ferric oxide remains. Hence, anhydrous
ferric chloride cannot be prepared by heating the hydrate.
Question 10
Give the preparation of the salt shown in the left column by
matching with the methods given in the right column. Write a
balanced equation for each preparation.
SaltMethod of preparation
Zinc SulphatePrecipitation
Ferrous sulphideOxidation
Barium SulphateDisplacement
Ferric sulphateNeutralisation
Sodium sulphateSynthesis
Solution 10
Zinc Sulphate - Displacement
Ferrous sulphide - synthesis
Barium sulphate - Precipitation
Ferric Sulphate- Oxidation
Sodium sulphate - Neutralisation
Question 11
(a) Give the pH value of pure water. Does it change if
common salt is added to it?
(b) Classify the following solutions as acids, bases or
salts. Ammonium hydroxide, barium chloride, sodium chloride,
sodium hydroxide, H2SO4 and HNO3
Solution 11
(a) pH of pure water is 7 at 25oC. No, the pH
does not change when common salt is added.
(b) Acids:
H2SO4 and HNO3
Bases: Ammonium hydroxide and sodium hydroxide.
Salts: Barium chloride and sodium chloride.
Question 12
Define the term neutralization.
(a) Give a reaction, mentioning clearly acid and base used
in the reaction.
(b) If one mole of a strong acid reacts with one mole of a
strong base, the heat produced is always same. Why?
Solution 12
Neutralization is the process by which H+ ions of
an acid react completely with the [OH]- ions of a
base to give salt and water only.
(a)
(b) Neutralization is simply a reaction between H+
ions given by strong acid and OH- ions given by
strong base. In case of all strong acids and strong bases,
the number of H+ and OH- ions produced
by one mole of a strong acid or strong base is always same.
Hence the heat of neutralization of a strong acid with
strong base is always same.
Question 13
Write the balanced equation for the preparation of the
following salts in the laboratory:
(a) A soluble sulphate by the action of an acid on an
insoluble base,
(b) An insoluble salt by the action of an acid on another
salt,
(c) An insoluble base by the action of a soluble base on a
soluble salt
(d) A soluble sulphate by the action of an acid on a metal.
Solution 13
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Question 14
You are provided with the following chemicals:
NaOH,Na2CO3,H2O,Zn(OH)2,CO2,HCl,Fe,H2SO4,Cl2,Zn
Using suitable chemicals from the given list only, state
briefly how you would prepare:
(a) Iron(III) chloride,
(b) Sodium sulphate,
(c) Sodium zincate,
(d) Iron(II) sulphate,
(e) Sodium chloride.
Solution 14
(a) Iron (III) Chloride: Iron chloride is formed by direct
combination of elements.
(b)
Sodium sulphate: By neutralization of caustic soda with
dilute sulphuric acid
(c)
Sodium zincate: By the action of metals with alkalis
(d)
Iron (II) sulphate: Iron sulphate is prepared by the action
of dilute acid on an active metal.
(e)
Sodium chloride: By the neutralization reaction of strong
acid with strong base
Question 15
For each of the salt: A, B, C and D, suggest a suitable
method of its preparation.
a. A is a sodium salt.
b. B is an insoluble salt.
c. C is a soluble salt of copper.
d. D is a soluble salt of zinc.
Solution 15
a. By neutralisation:
NaOH + HCl
→
NaCl + H2O
b. By precipitation:
Pb(NO3)2 + 2NaCl
→
PbCl2 + 2NaNO3
c. CuCO3 + H2SO4→
CuSO4 + H2O + CO2
d. Simple displacement:
Zn + H2SO4→
ZnSO4 + H2
Question 16
Choosing only substances from the list given in the box
below, write equations for the reactions which you would use
in the laboratory to obtain:
a. Sodium sulphate
b. Copper sulphate
c. Iron(II) sulphate
d. Zinc carbonate
Dilute sulphuric acid
|
Copper
|
Copper carbonate
|
|
Iron
|
Sodium carbonate
|
|
Sodium
|
|
|
Zinc
|
|
Solution 16
a. Na2CO3 + H2SO4
(dil)
→
Na2SO4 + H2O + CO2
b. CuCO3 + H2SO4 (dil)
→
CuSO4 + H2O + CO2
c. Fe + H2SO4 (dil)
→
FeSO4 + H2
d. Zn + H2SO4 (dil) → ZnSO4
+ H2
ZnSO4 + Na2CO3 → ZnCO3
+ Na2SO4
Question 17
From the formula listed below, choose one, in each case,
corresponding to the salt having the given description:
AgCl, CuCO3, CuSO4.5H2O,
KNO3, NaCl, NaHSO4, Pb(NO3)2,
ZnCO3, ZnSO4.7H2O.
a. an acid salt
b. an insoluble chloride
c. on treating with concentrated sulphuric acid, this salt
changes from blue to white
d. on heating, this salt changes from green to black
e. this salt gives nitrogen dioxide on heating
Solution 17
a. NaHSO4
b. AgCl
c. CuSO4.5H2O
d. CuCO3
e. Pb(NO3)2
Question 18
a. Ca(H2PO4)2 is an example
of a compound called _______ (acid salt/basic salt/normal
salt).
b. Write the balanced equation for the reaction of: A named
acid and a named alkali.
Solution 18
a. acid salt
b. NaOH + HCl → NaCl + H2O
Question 19
State the terms defined by the following sentences:
a. A soluble base.
b. The insoluble solid formed when two solutions are mixed
together.
c. An acidic solution in which there is only partial
ionisation of the solute molecules.
Solution 19
a. Alkali
b. Precipitate
c. Weak acid
Question 20
Which of the following methods, A, B, C, D or E is generally
used for preparing the chlorides listed below from (i) to
(v). Answer by writing down the chloride and the letter
pertaining to the corresponding method. Each letter is to be
used only once.
A Action of an acid on a metal
B Action of an acid on an oxide or carbonate
C Direct combination
D Neutralisation of an alkali by an acid
E Precipitation (double decomposition)
i. Copper (II) chloride
ii. Iron (II) chloride
iii. Iron (III) chloride
iv. Lead (II) chloride
v. Sodium chloride
Solution 20
i. Copper (II) chloride - B
ii. Iron (II) chloride - A
iii. Iron (III) chloride - C
iv. Lead (II) chloride - E
v. Sodium chloride - D
Question 22
Complete the following table:
Reactants
|
Products
|
Method
|
Soluble base + Acid (dil)
|
Salt + water
|
Neutralisation Titration
|
Metal + Non-metal
|
Salt (soluble/insoluble)
|
……………
|
Insoluble base +
|
Salt (soluble) + water
|
…………….
|
Active metal + Acid (dil)
|
………… + …………
|
…………….
|
Soluble salt solution (A) +
|
Precipitated salt +
|
…………….
|
Soluble salt solution (B)
|
Soluble salt
|
…………….
|
Carbonate/ bicarbonate + Acid (dil)
|
Salt + ………. + …………
|
Decomposition of carbonate
|
Chlorides/nitrates + Acid (conc)
|
…………. + …………
|
Decomposition of chlorides and nitrates
|
Solution 22
Reactants
|
Products
|
Method
|
Soluble base + Acid (dil)
|
Salt + water
|
Neutralisation Titration
|
Metal + Non-metal
|
Salt (soluble/insoluble)
|
Direct Combination
|
Insoluble base +
|
Salt (soluble) + water
|
…………….
|
Active metal + Acid (dil)
|
Salt + Hydrogen
|
Displacement
|
Soluble salt solution (A) + Soluble salt solution
(B)
|
Precipitated salt + Soluble salt
|
Precipitation
|
Carbonate /bicarbonate + Acid (dil)
|
Salt + Water+ Carbon dioxide
|
Decomposition of carbonate
|
Chlorides/nitrates + Acid (conc)
|
Acid salt + HCl/HNO3
|
Decomposition of chlorides and nitrates
|
Chapter 3 - Acids, Bases and Salts Exercise Ex. 3(C)
Question
Salts are prepared by the following methods:
(a) Direct combination
(b) Displacement
(c) Double decomposition (precipitation)
(d) Neutralisation of insoluble base
(e) Neutralisation of an alkali (titration)
Solution
(a) Direct combination: Iron(III) chloride
(b) Displacement: ZnSO4
(c) Double decomposition (precipitation): BaSO4
(d) Neutralisation of insoluble base: MgCl2
(e) Neutralisation of an alkali (titration): NaCl
Question
M is an element in the form of a powder. M burns in oxygen
and the product obtained is soluble in water. The solution
is tested with litmus. Write down only the word which will
correctly complete each of the following sentences.
i. If M is a metal, then the litmus will turn _____.
ii. If M is a non-metal, then the litmus will turn _____.
iii. If M is a reactive metal, then _____ will be evolved
when M reacts with dilute sulphuric acid.
iv. If M is a metal, it will form _____ oxide, which will
form ______ solution with water.
v. If M is a non-metal, it will not conduct electricity in
the form of ______.
Solution
i. blue
ii. red
iii. hydrogen gas
iv. basic, alkaline
v. graphite
Question 1
What do you understand by water of crystallisation?
Give four substances which contain water of crystallisation
and write their common names.
Solution 3
It is the amount of water molecules which enter into loose
chemical combination with one molecule of the substance on
crystallisation from its aqueous solution.
Common name
|
Chemical name
|
Formula
|
Washing soda
|
Sodium carbonate decahydrate
|
Na2CO3.10H2O
|
Epsom salt
|
Magnesium sulphate heptahydrate
|
MgSO4. 7H2O
|
Potash alum
|
Hydrated potassium aluminium sulphate
|
K2SO4.Al(SO4)3.24H2O
|
Gypsum
|
Hydrated calcium sulphate
|
CaSO4.2H2O
|
Question 2
a. Define efflorescence. Give examples.
b. Define deliquescence. Give examples.
Solution 2
a. Crystalline hydrated salts which on exposure to the
atmosphere lose their water of crystallisation partly or
completely and change into a powder. This phenomenon is
called efflorescent and the salts are called efflorescent.
Examples: CuSO4.5H2O, MgSO4.7H2O,
Na2CO3.10H2O
b. Water-soluble salts which on exposure to the atmosphere
absorb moisture from the atmosphere and dissolve in the same
and change into a solution. The phenomenon is called
deliquescence and the salts are called deliquescent.
Examples: CaCl2, MgCl2, ZnCl2
Question 7
Distinguish between drying and dehydrating agent.
Solution 7
Drying agents
|
Dehydrating agents
|
They remove moisture from other substances.
|
They remove chemically combined elements of water in
the ratio of 2:1 (hydrogen:oxygen) from a compound.
|
They are used to dry gases like chlorine, sulphur
dioxide and hydrogen chloride. They are also used in
dessicators to keep substances dry.
|
They prepare substances such as carbon monoxide and
sugar charcoal.
|
They represent a physical change.
|
They represent a chemical change.
|
Question 6
Explain clearly how conc. H2SO4 is
used as a dehydrating as well as a drying agent.
Solution 6
Conc. sulphuric acid is hygroscopic in nature and can remove
moisture from other substances; therefore, it is used as a
drying agent.
It is also used as a dehydrating agent because it has a
strong affinity for water and thus absorbs water quickly
from compounds.
Question 5
Give reasons for the following:
a. Sodium hydrogen sulphate is not an acid, but it dissolves
in water to give hydrogen ions according to the equation
NaHSO4⇌
H+ + Na+ + SO42-
b. Anhydrous calcium chloride is used in a desiccator.
Solution 5
a. Sodium hydrogen sulphate [NaHSO4] is an acid
salt and is formed by the partial replacement of the
replaceable hydrogen ion in a dibasic acid [H2SO4].
The [H] atom in NaHSO4 makes it behave like an
acid.
So, on dissolving in water, it gives hydrogen ions.
b. Desiccating
agents are used to absorb moisture.
Anhydrous calcium
chloride (CaCl2) has the capacity of
absorbing moisture as it is hygroscopic in nature. So, it is
used in a
desiccator.
Question 8
State whether a sample of each of the following would
increase or decrease in mass if exposed to air.
a. Solid NaOH
b. Solid CaCl2
c. Solid Na2CO3.10H2O
d. Conc. sulphuric acid
e. Iron (III) chloride
Solution 8
a. Increase
b. Increase
c. Decrease
d. Increase
e. Increase
Question 9
a. Why does common salt get wet during the rainy season?
b. How can this impurity be removed?
c. Name a substance which changes the blue colour of copper
sulphate crystals to white.
d. Name two crystalline substances which do not contain
water of crystallisation.
Solution 9
a. Table salt turns moist and ultimately forms a solution on
exposure to air especially during the rainy season. Although
pure sodium chloride is not deliquescent, the commercial
version of the salt contains impurities (such as magnesium
chloride) which are deliquescent substances.
b. The impurity can be removed by passing a current of dry
hydrogen chloride gas through a saturated solution of the
affected salt. Pure sodium chloride is produced as a
precipitate which can be recovered by filtering and washing
first with a little water and finally with alcohol.
c. Conc. sulphuric acid
d. Common salt and sugar
Question 10
Name the salt which on hydrolysis forms
(a) Acidic
(b) Basic acid
(c) Neutral solution. Give
a balanced equation for each reaction.
Solution 10
(a) Iron chloride(FeCl3)
FeCl3 + 3H2O → 3HCl + Fe(OH)3
(b) Ammonium acetate (CH3COONH4)
CH3COONH4 +H2O → CH3COOH
+ NH4OH
(c) Sodium chloride
NaCl(s) + H2O → Na+(aq)
OH-(aq) + H2O
Question 11
State the change noticed when blue litmus and red litmus are
introduced in the following solutions:
(a) Na2CO3 solution
(b) NaCl solution
(c) NH4NO3
(d) MgCl2 Solution
Solution 11
(a) Na2CO3 solution: This solution is
alkaline in nature; hence, red litmus changes to blue.
(b) NaCl solution: There is no change in the colour of the
litmus paper because this solution is neutral.
(c) NH4NO3: This solution is alkaline
in nature; hence, red litmus changes to blue.
(d) MgCl2: It is slightly acidic and neutral;
hence, there is no change in the litmus paper.
Question 3
Answer the questions below relating your answers only to
salts in the following list: Sodium chloride, anhydrous
calcium chloride, copper sulphate-5-water?
a. What name is given to the water in the compound copper
sulphate-5-water?
b. If copper sulphate-5-water is heated, anhydrous copper
sulphate is formed. What is its colour?
c. By what means, other than healing, could you dehydrate
copper sulphate-5-water and obtain anhydrous copper
sulphate?
d. Which one of the salts in the given list is deliquescent?
Solution 3
a. Water of crystallization
b. White
c. By heating with any dehydrating agent
d. Anhydrous calcium chloride
Question 4
State your observation when
(a) Washing soda crystals
(b) Iron (III) chloride salts are exposed to the atmosphere.
Solution 4
(a) When washing soda (Na2CO3.10H2O)
is exposed to air, it loses 9 molecules of water to form a
monohydrate.
(b) It absorbs moisture from the atmosphere and becomes
moist and ultimately dissolves in the absorbed water,
forming a saturated solution.
Chapter 3 - Acids, Bases and Salts Exercise Intext 1
Question 1
(a) What do you understand by the term, acid?
(b) Name the positive ion formed when an acid is dissolved
in water.
(c) Draw the structure of this ion.
Solution 1
(a) Acids are defined as compounds which contain one or more
hydrogen atoms, and when dissolved in water, they produce
hydronium ions (H3O+), the only
positively charged ions.
(b) Hydronium ion
(c) H3O+
Question 2
Write the ionisation reaction of sulphuric acid showing the
formation of hydronium ion.
Solution 2
H2SO4 + H2O
⇌
H3O+ + HSO4-
HSO4- + H2O
⇌
H3O+ + SO4-2
Question 3
Water is never added to acid in order to dilute it. Why?
Solution 3
If water is added to a concentrated acid, the heat generated
causes the mixture to splash out and cause severe burns.
Thus, water is never added to acid in order to dilute it.
Question 4
Define the term 'basicity' of an acid. Give the basicity of:
nitric acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid?
Solution 4
Basicity: The basicity of an acid is defined as the number
of hydronium ions (H3O+) that can be
produced by the ionization of one molecule of that acid in
aqueous solution.
The basicity of following compounds are:
Nitric acid:Basicity= 1
Sulphuric acid: Basicity=2
Phosphoric acid: Basicity=3
Question 5
Give two examples of each of the following:
(a) Oxy-acid
(b) Hydracid
(c) Tribasic acid
(d) Dibasic acid
Solution 5
(a) Oxyacids: - HNO3, H2SO4
(b) Hydracid:- HCl, HBr
(c) Tribasic acid:- H3PO4, H3PO3
(d) Dibasic acid: - H2SO4 , H2CO3
Question 6
Name the
(a) acidic anhydride of the following acids:
(i) Sulphurous acid
(ii) Nitric acid
(iii) Phosphoric acid
(iv) Carbonic acid
(b) Acids present in vinegar, grapes and lemon?
Solution 6
(a) The anhydride of following acids are:
(i) Sulphurous acid: SO2
(ii) Nitric acid: N2O5
(iii) Phosphoric acid: P2O5
(iv) Carbonic acid: CO2
(b) Acids present in following are:
Vinegar: Acetic acid
Grapes: Tartaric acid and Malic acid
Lemon: Citric acid
Question 7
What do you understand by the statement 'acetic acid is a
monobasic' acid?
Solution 7
Acetic acid is a monobasic acid which on ionization in water
produce one hydronium ion per molecule of the acid.
Question 8
Give a balanced equation for (i) reaction of nitrogen
dioxide with water (ii) Preparation of non-volatile acid
from a volatile acid.
Solution 8
(i) 2NO2(g) + H2O(l)→
HNO2(aq) + HNO3
(ii) H2S2O7 + H2O →
2 H2SO4
Question 9
What do you understand by the strength of acid? On which
factors does the strength of an acid depend?
Solution 9
The strength of an acid is the extent to which the acid
ionizes or dissociates in water.
The strength of an acid depends on the degree of ionization
and concentration of hydronium ions [H3O+]
produced by that acid in aqueous solution.
Question 10
Explain the following:
(a)Carbonic acid gives an acid salt but hydrochloric acid
does not. Explain.
(b) Dil. HCl acid is stronger than highly concentrated
acetic acid. Explain.
(c) H3PO3 is not a tribasic acid.
(d) Lead carbonate does not react with dilute HCl.
(e) Nitrogen dioxide is a double acid anhydride.
Solution 10
(a)Carbonic acid is a dibasic acid with two replaceable
hydrogen ions; therefore it forms one acid salt or one
normal salt.
Hydrochloric acid is a monobasic acid with one replaceable
hydrogen ion and so forms only one normal salt.
(b) Strength of an acid is the measure of concentration of
hydronium ions it produces in its aqueous solution. Dil. HCl
produces high concentration of hydronium ion compared to
that of concentrated acetic acid. Thus, dil. HCl is stronger
acid than highly concentrated acetic acid.
(c) H3PO3 is not a tribasic acid
because in oxyacids of phosphorus, hydrogen atoms which are
attached to oxygen atoms are replaceable. Hydrogen atoms
directly bonded to phosphorus atoms are not replaceable.
(d) The salt produced is insoluble in the solution so the
reaction does not proceed. Hence, we do not expect lead
carbonate to react with hydrochloric acid.
(e) NO2
is called double acid anhydride because two acids – nitrous
acid and nitric acid – are formed when it reacts with water.
2NO2 + H2O → HNO2 + HNO3
Question 11
How is an acid prepared from a (a) non-metal (b) salt? Give
an equation for each.
Solution 11
(a)
Acids are prepared from non-metals by their oxidation. For
example :
Sulphur or phosphorus is oxidized by conc. Nitric acid to
form sulphuric acid or phosphoric acid.
(b) Acids are prepared from salt by the displacement
reaction. For example :
Nitric acid is prepared by using H2SO4
and sodium chloride.
Question 12
Give an equation to show how the following are made from
their corresponding anhydrides.
(a) Sulphurous acid
(b) Phosphoric acid
(c) Carbonic acid
(d) Sulphuric acid
Solution 12
(a) SO2 +H2O
H2SO3
(b) P2O5 +3H2O
2H3PO4
(c) CO2 + H2O
H2CO3
(d)
Question 13
Name an acid used:
(a) To flavor and preserve food
(b) In a drink
(c) To remove ink spots
(d) As an eyewash
Solution 13
(a) Citric acid
(b) Carbonic acid
(c) Oxalic acid
(d) Boric acid
Question 14
Give the reaction of acids with
(a) Chlorides
(b) Nitrates
State the conditions under which they react.
Solution 14
(a) Chlorides react with concentrated sulphuric acid on
warming to liberate hydrogen chloride.
(b) Nitrates when heated with conc. sulphuric acidproduce
more volatile nitric acid.
Both chlorides and nitrates do not react with dilute acids;
they react with concentrated acids.
chapter 3 - Acids, Bases and Salts Exercise Misc.
Question 1
Write the balanced equations for the preparation of the
following compounds (as major product) starting from iron
and using only one other substance:
(a) Iron (II) chloride
(b) Iron (III) chloride
(c) Iron (II) sulphate
(d) Iron (II) sulphide
Solution 1
(a) Fe + 2HCl (dil)
FeCl2
+ H2
(bi) 2Fe (heated) + 3Cl2 (dry)
2FeCl3
(c) Fe + H2SO4 (dil)
FeSO4
+ H2
(d) Fe + S
FeS
Question 2
Write a balanced reaction for the following conversions (A,
B, C, D)
Solution 2
A = HCl
B = Na2CO3
C = HNO3
D = NaOH
A: Fe + 2HCl → FeCl2 + H2
B: FeCl2 + Zn→ ZnCl2 + Fe
Fe + H2CO3 → FeCO3 + H2↑
C: FeCO3 + 2HNO3 → Fe (NO3)2
+ H2O + CO2
D: Fe(NO3)2 + 2NaOH → Fe(OH)2
+ 2NaNO3
Question 3
The preparation of Lead sulphate from Lead carbonate is a
two-step process. (Lead sulphate cannot be prepared by
adding dilute Sulphuric acid to Lead carbonate.)
(a) What is the first step that is required to prepare Lead
sulphate from Lead carbonate?
(b) Write the equation for the reaction that will take place
when this first step is carried out.
(c) Why is the direct addition of dilute sulphuric acid to
Lead carbonate an impractical method of preparing Lead
sulphate?
Solution 3
(a) The first step is to convert insoluble lead carbonate
into soluble lead nitrate by treating lead carbonate with
dilute nitric acid.
(b) PbCO3 (s) + 2HNO3(dil)
Pb(NO3)2
(aq) + H2O (l) + CO2
(c) When dilute sulphuric acid is added directly to lead
carbonate, the lead sulphate thus formed will be deposited
on solid lead carbonate disconnecting lead carbonate from
sulphuric acid.
Question 4
(a) What are the terms defined by the following?
(i) A salt containing a metal ion surrounded by other ions
or molecules.
(ii) A base which is soluble in water.
(b) Making use only of substances chosen from those given
below:
Dilute sulphuric acidSodium Carbonate
ZincSodium sulphite
LeadCalcium carbonate
Give equations for the reactions by which you could obtain :
(i) Hydrogen
(ii) Sulphur dioxide
(iii) Carbon dioxide
(iv) Zinc carbonate (two steps required)
Solution 4
(i) Complex salts
(ii) Alkali
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Question 5
a. The acid which contains four hydrogen atoms
i. Formic
ii. Sulphuric
iii. Nitric
iv. Acetic acid
b. A black-coloured solid which on reaction with dilute
sulphuric acid forms a blue-coloured solution is
i. Carbon
ii. Manganese [IV] oxide
iii. Lead [II] oxide
iv. Copper [II] oxide
c. Solution A is a strong acid, B is a weak acid and C is a
strong alkali.
i. Which solution contains solute molecules in addition to
water molecules?
ii. Which solution
will give a gelatinous white precipitate with zinc sulphate
solution?
The precipitate disappears when an excess of the solution
is added.
iii. Give an example of a weak alkali.
d. Write the equations[s] for the reaction[s] to prepare
lead sulphate from lead carbonate.
e. Define the following term - Neutralisation.
f. The diagram given below is to prepare iron [III] chloride
in the laboratory:
i. What is substance B?
ii. What is the purpose of B?
iii. Why is iron [III] chloride to be stored in a closed
container?
iv. Write the equation for the reaction between iron and
chlorine.
Solution 5
a. (iv) Acetic acid
b. (iv) Copper (II) oxide
c.
(i) Solution B
(ii) Solution C
(iii) Ammonium hydroxide solution
d.
e. A neutralisation reaction is when an acid and a base
react to form water and a salt, and involves the combination
of H+ ions and OH- ions to generate
water.
f.
i. B is an anhydrous calcium chloride.
ii. B absorbs moisture from the receiver.
iii. Because iron (III) chloride is highly deliquescent and
it absorbs moisture from the surrounding air to form a
saturated solution.
iv.
Question 6
a. Select the correct answer from A, B, C, D and E:
(i) Nitroso iron [II] sulphate
(ii) Iron [III] chloride
(iii) Chromium sulphate
(iv) Lead chloride
(v) Sodium chloride
A. A deliquescent compound
B. A compound soluble in hot water but insoluble in cold
water
C. A compound which in the aqueous solution state is neutral
in nature.
b. Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D:
i. A weak organic acid is
A. Formic acid
B. Sulphuric acid
C. Nitric acid
D. Hydrochloric acid
ii. A complex salt is
A. Zinc sulphate
B. Sodium hydrogen sulphate
C. Iron [ammonium sulphate]
D. Tetrammine copper [II] sulphate
c. Give equations for the following conversions A to E:
d. For the preparation of the following salts, give a
balanced equation in each case.
i. Copper [II] sulphate from copper [II] oxide
ii. Iron [III] chloride from the metal iron
iii. Potassium sulphate from KOH solution
iv. Lead [II] chloride from lead carbonate [give two
equations]
Solution 6
a. A
(ii)
B
(iv)
C
(v)
b. (i) A
(ii) D
c.
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
d.
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
Question 7
a. Write the balanced chemical equation: Lead nitrate
solution is added to sodium chloride solution.
b. State what happens to crystals or washing soda when
exposed to air. Name the phenomenon exhibited.
c. Name the method used for the preparation of the following
salts from the list given below:
i. Sodium nitrate
ii. Iron (III) chloride
iii. Lead chloride
iv. Zinc sulphate
v. Sodium hydrogen sulphate list:
A. Simple displacement
B. Neutralisation
C. Decomposition by acid
D. Double decomposition
E. Direct synthesis
Solution 7
a. Pb(NO3)2
+ 2NaCl →
PbCl2 + 2NaNO3
b. When crystals of washing soda are exposed to air, it
loses its water of crystallisation and the phenomenon is
known as efflorescence.
c.
i. (B) Neutralisation
ii. (E) Direct synthesis
iii. (D) Double decomposition
iv. (A) Simple displacement
v. (C) Decomposition by acid
Question 8
a. Match the following :
Column A
|
Column B
|
A. Acid salt
|
A. Ferrous ammonium sulphate
|
B. Double salt
|
B. Contains only ions
|
C. Ammonium hydroxide solution
|
C. Sodium hydrogen sulphate
|
D. Dilute hydrochloric acid
|
D. Contains only molecules
|
E. Carbon tetrachloride molecules
|
E. Contains ions and molecules
|
Solution 8
a. 1→C
2→A
3→E
4→B
5→D
Question 9
a. Select the word/s given which are required to correctly
complete the blanks - [ammonia, ammonium carbonate, carbon
dioxide, hydrogen, hydronium, hydroxide, precipitate, salt,
water]
i. A solution M turns blue litmus red, so it must contain
(1) …….. ions; another solution turns red litmus blue, and
hence, must contain (2) ………. ions.
ii. When solution M and 0 are mixed together, the products
will be (3) …….. and (4) ………….
iii. If a piece of magnesium was put into a solution M, (5)
………….. gas would be evolved.
b. Give a suitable chemical term for:
i. A salt formed by incomplete neutralisation of an acid by
a base.
ii. A definite number of water molecules bound to some
salts.
iii. The process in which a substance absorbs moisture from
the atmospheric air to become moist, and ultimately
dissolves in the absorbed water.
c. Choosing the substances from the list given: dil.
sulphuric acid, copper, iron, sodium copper [II] carbonate,
sodium carbonate, sodium chloride, zinc nitrate.
Write balanced equations for the reactions which would be
used in the laboratory to obtain the following salts:
i. sodium sulphate
ii. zinc carbonate
iii. copper [II] sulphate
iv. iron [II] sulphate
Solution 9
a.
i. Hydronium
ii. Hydroxide
iii. Salt
iv. Water
v. Hydrogen
b.
i. Acidic salt
ii. Water of crystallisation
iii. Deliquescence
c.
Chemical equations:
i. Sodium
sulphate:
2Na + H2SO4 (dil.) → Na2SO4
+ H2↑
ii. Zinc
carbonate:
Zn(NO3)2 + CuCO3→ ZnCO3
+ Cu(NO3)2
iii. Copper
(II) sulphate:
CuCO3 + H2SO4 (dil.) →
CuSO4 + H2O + CO2
iv. Iron
(II) sulphate:
Fe + H2SO4 (dil.) → FeSO4
+ H2↑
Question 10
a. Fill in the blank from the choices given: The basicity of
acetic acid is …………… [3, 1, 4].
b. Draw the structure of the stable positive ion formed when
an acid dissolves in water.
c. State the inference drawn from the observation:
Salt S is prepared by reacting dilute sulphuric acid
with copper oxide. Identify S.
d. Give balanced chemical equations for the preparation of
the following salts:
i. Lead sulphate - from lead carbonate
ii. Sodium sulphate - using dilute sulphuric acid
iii. Copper chloride - using copper carbonate
Solution 10
a. 1
b. The stable positive ion formed when an acid dissolves in
water is hydronium ion. The structure of hydronium ion (H3O+)
is as follows:
c. Salt S is prepared by reacting dilute sulphuric acid with
copper oxide. Hence, salt S is copper sulphate.
d.
i. Lead sulphate from
lead carbonate
ii. Sodium sulphate
using dilute sulphuric acid Dilute sulphuric acid
neutralises bases (oxides and hydroxides) to form salts and
water.
iii. Copper chloride
using copper carbonate
Question 11
(a) From the list of salts
AgCl, MgCl2,NaHSO4,PbCO3,ZnCO3,KNO3,
Ca(NO3)2,
choose the salt that most appropriately fits the description
given below:
(i) A deliquescent salt (ii) An insoluble chloride
(b) From Na2O, SO2, SiO2,Al2O3,MgO,
CO, select an oxide which dissolves in water forming an
acid.
Solution 11
(a)
A deliquescent salt
|
An insoluble chloride
|
MgCl2
|
AgCl
|
(b) SO2 is an acidic oxide which dissolves in
water forming an acid.
Question 12
Match the salts given in Column I with their method of
preparation given in Column II :
Column I
|
Column II
|
(i) Pb(NO3)2 from PbO
(ii) MgCl2 from Mg
(iii) FeCl3 from Fe
(iv) NaNO3 from NaOH
(v) ZnCO3 from ZnSO4
|
A) Simple displacement
B) Titration
C) Neutralization
D) Precipitation
E) Combination
|
Solution 12
Column I
|
Column II
|
Pb(NO3)2 from PbO
|
Precipitation
|
MgCl2 from Mg
|
Simple displacement
|
FeCl3 from Fe
|
Combination
|
NaNO3 from NaOH
|
Neutralisation
|
ZnCO3 from ZnSO4
|
Titration
|
Chapter 8 - Study of Compounds A. Hydrogen Chloride Exercise
Ex. 8
Question 1
a. Name the acid used. Why is this particular acid preferred
to other acids?
b. Give the balanced equation for the reaction.
c. Name the drying agent used in drying hydrogen chloride
gas.
d. Phosphorous pentoxide and calcium oxide are good drying
agents, but they cannot be used to dry hydrogen chloride
gas. Why?
e. Why is direct absorption of HCl gas in water not
feasible?
f. What arrangement is done to dissolve HCl gas in water?
Solution 1
a. Concentrated H2SO4
b. The balanced equation for the reaction:
c. The drying agent used in drying hydrogen chloride gas is
conc. sulphuric acid.
d. Phosphorous pentoxide and calcium oxide are good drying
agents, but they cannot be used to dry hydrogen chloride gas
because they react with hydrogen chloride.
e. Hydrogen chloride gas is highly soluble in water.
Therefore, it is not collected over water.
f. The funnel arrangement is done to dissolve HCl gas in
water.
Question 2
Explain why:
(a) Anhydrous HCl is a poor conductor while aq. HCl is an
excellent conductor.
(b) When the stopper of a bottle full of hydrogen chloride
gas is opened there are fumes in the air.
(c) A solution of hydrogen chloride in water turns blue
litmus red and conducts electricity , while a solution of
the same gas in toluene:
(i) Has no effect on litmus ,and
(ii) Does not conduct electricity
(d) Thick white fumes are formed when glass rod dipped in NH4OH
is brought near the mouth of bottle full of HCl gas.
(e) Dry hydrogen chloride gas does not affect a dry strip of
blue litmus paper but it turns red in the presence of drop
of water.
(f) Hydrogen chloride gas is not collected over water.
Solution 2
(a) Anhydrous HCl is poor conductor due to the absence of
ions in it whereas aqueous HCl is excellent conductor since
it contains ions.
(b) When the stopper is opened HCl gas comes in contact with
water vapors of air and gives white fumes due to the
formation of hydrochloric acid.
(c) A solution of HCl in water gives hydronium ions and
conducts electricity, but HCl is also soluble in dry
toluene, but in that case it neither (i) turns blue litmus
red (ii) nor does conducts electricity. This indicates the
absence of H+ ions in toluene showing thereby
that hydrogen chloride is a covalent compound.
(d) When ammonium hydroxide is brought near the mouth of
HCl, dense white fumes are formed due to the formation of
ammonium chloride.
HCl + NH4OH
NH4Cl
+ H2O
(e) Dry hydrogen chloride is not acidic whereas moist
Hydrogen chloride is acidic. In presence of a drop of water
HCl gas dissolves in water and forms hydrochloric acid which
turns blue litmus paper red.
(f) Hydrogen chloride is not collected over water as it is
highly soluble in water.
Question 3
The given set up of the figure is for preparation of an
acid.
(a) Name the acid prepared by this method.
(b) Name the reactants used.
(c) Why empty flask is used.
(d) What is drying agent used? Why is this drying agent
chosen?
(e) What is the role of inverted funnel in the arrangement?
Solution 3
(a) Hydrochloric acid is prepared by this method.
(b) The reactants are sodium chloride and Sulphuric acid.
(c) The empty flask acts as Anti-Suction device. In case the
back suction occurs the water will collect in it and will
not reach the generating flask.
(d) The drying agent is Conc. Sulphuric acid. Sulphuric acid
is chosen as drying agent because it does not react with
HCl.
(e) The Inverted funnel :
Prevents or minimizes back suction of water.
Provides a large surface area for absorption of HCl gas.
Question 4
i. Name the experiment illustrated below.
ii. State the colour of the water that has entered the
round-bottomed flask.
Solution 4
i. The experiment is the fountain experiment and is used to
demonstrate solubility.
ii. The colour of the water that has entered the
round-bottomed flask is red.
Question b
What property of hydrogen chloride is demonstrated when it
is collected by downward delivery (Upward displacement)?
Solution b
When hydrogen chloride is collected by downward delivery or
upward displacement, it shows that it is heavier than air.
Question 5
a. Name an element which reacts with hydrogen to form a
compound which is strongly acidic in water.
b. Explain why dilute hydrochloric acid cannot be
concentrated by boiling beyond 22.2%.
Solution 5
a. Hydrogen reacts with chlorine to form hydrogen chloride.
b. Dilute hydrochloric acid cannot be concentrated by
boiling beyond 22.2% because molecules of HCl(g)
get mixed with water vapour.
Question 6
How will you prove that Hydrochloric acid contains (i)
Hydrogen (ii) Chlorine.
Write equations for the reactions.
Solution 6
We can prove that hydrochloric acid contains both hydrogen
and chlorine by the following experiment.
Take a voltameter used for electrolysis of water, fitted
with platinum cathode and graphite anode.
Into the voltameter pour 4 molar HCl and pass direct
current.
It is seen that a colourless gas is evolved at cathode and a
greenish gas is evolved at anode.
When a burning splinter is brought near a colourless gas, it
bursts into flame thereby proving that it is hydrogen gas.
When moist starch iodide paper is held in the greenish
yellow gas, it turns blue black, thereby proving that the
gas is chlorine.
2HCl ? H2 + Cl2
This experiment proves that hydrochloric acid contains both
hydrogen and chlorine.
Question 8
Name
(a) a Black metallic oxide which reacts with hydrochloric
acid to give a coloured solution.
(b) Two colourless gases, which when mixed produce a white
solid.
(c) Two gases which chemically combine to form liquid.
(d) A chloride which is soluble in excess of ammonium
hydroxide.
(e) The chemical in which gold can be dissolved.
(f) the experiment which demonstrates that hydrogen chloride
is soluble in water.
(g) the gas produced when chlorine water is exposed to
sunlight.
Solution 8
(a) Manganese dioxide
(b) Hydrogen chloride and ammonia
(c) Hydrogen and oxygen
(d) AgCl(Silver chloride)
(e) Aqua regia
(f) Fountain experiment
(g) Hydrogen chloride gas
Question 8
Solution A reacts with an acid B (which gives greenish
yellow gas on reacting with oxidizing agents like Pb3O4)
to give white precipitate C insoluble in nitric acid but
soluble in ammonium hydroxide. Name A, B and C.
Solution 8
A is Silver nitrate
B is Hydrochloric acid
C is Silver chloride
Question 9
Complete and balance the following reactions, state whether
dilute or conc. acid is used.
(a) NH4OH + HCl
(b) NaHSO3 + HCl
(c) Pb(NO3)2 +HCl
(d) Pb3O4 + HCl
Solution 9
(a) NH4OH + HCl
NH4Cl
+ H2O
(b) NaHSO3 + HCl
NaCl + H2O + SO2
(c) Pb(NO3)2 +2HCl
PbCl2
+2HNO3
(d) Pb3O4 + 8HCl
3PbCl2
+4H2O +Cl2
Question 10
How will the action of dilute hydrochloric acid enable you
to distinguish between the following:
a. Sodium carbonate and sodium sulphite
b. Sodium thiosulphate and sodium sulphite.
Solution 10
a. Sodium carbonate on treating with dil.HCl results in the
formation of sodium chloride with the liberation of carbon
dioxide gas.
Na2CO3 + 2HCl → 2NaCl + H2O
+ CO2 ↑
Sodium sulphite on treating with dil.HCl results in the
formation of sodium chloride with the liberation of sulphur
dioxide gas.
Na2SO3 + 2HCl → 2NaCl + H2O
+ SO2 ↑
b. Sodium thiosulphate reacts with dil. HCl to produce
sulphur dioxide gas and precipitates yellow sulphur.
Na2S2O3 + 2HCl → 2NaCl + H2O
+ SO2 + S↓
Sulphur is not precipitated when sulphites are treated with
dil.HCl.
Question 11
Give three distinct tests (apart from using an indicator)
you would carry out with solution of HClto illustrate the
typical properties of an acid.
Solution 11
Three tests are:
HCl gas gives thick white fumes of ammonium chloride when
glass rod dipped in ammonia solution is held near the
vapours of the acid.
NH3 + HCl
NH4Cl
With silver nitrate HCl gives white precipitate of silver
chloride. The precipitate is insoluble in nitric acid but
soluble in ammonium hydroxide.
AgNO3 + HCl
AgCl
+ HNO3
A greenish yellow gas is liberated when concentrated
hydrochloric acid is heated with oxidizing agent like
manganese dioxide.
MnO2 + 4HCl
MnCl2
+2H2O + Cl2
Question 12
MnO2, PbO2 and red lead react with
conc. HCl acid liberates Cl2.
What is the common property being shown by these metal
oxides?
Solution 12
MnO2, PbO2 and red lead react with
conc. HCl acid to liberate Cl2. This shows that
hydrochloric acid is oxidized to chlorine by oxidizing
agents.
Question 13
State which of the two - a solution of HCl in water or in
toluene -is an electrolyte. Explain.
Solution 13
When hydrogen chloride gas is dissolved in water,
hydrochloric acid is formed. The covalent compound ionises
in water because of its polar nature and it can conduct
electricity.
Hydrogen chloride gas is soluble in toluene, but there is an
absence of H3O+ in toluene, so it does
not ionise the gas; thus, it cannot conduct electricity.
Question 14
Convert two soluble metallic nitrates to insoluble metallic
chlorides using dil. HCl
Solution 14
Conversion of metallic nitrates to insoluble metallic
chlorides using dil. HCl:
(i)
(ii)
Question b
Convert
Hydrochloric acid to nascent chlorine.
Solution b
A mixture having three parts of conc. hydrochloric acid and
one part of conc. nitric acid gives nascent chlorine.
Question 15
A solution of hydrogen chloride in water is prepared. The
following substances are added to separate portions of the
solution:
S.No.
|
Substances added
|
Gas evolved
|
Odour
|
1.
2.
3.
4.
|
Calcium carbonate
Magnesium ribbon
Manganese(IV) oxide with heating
Sodium sulphide
|
_________
|
________
|
Complete the table by writing the gas evolved in each case
and its odour.
Solution 17
S.No.
|
Substances added
|
Gas evolved
|
Odour
|
1.
2.
3.
4.
|
Calcium carbonate
Magnesium ribbon
Manganese(IV) oxide with heating
Sodium sulphide
|
Carbon dioxide
Cl2
Hydrogen sulphide
|
Odourless
Strong Pungent odour
Rotten egg
|
Question 16
State the composition of aqua regia. State which component
is the oxidizing agent in aqua regia.
Solution 16
A mixture having three parts of conc. Hydrochloric acid and
one part of conc. Nitric acid is called aqua-regia.
Nitric acid acts as oxidizing agent.
Question 17
Write an equation for the reactions of hydrochloric acid on
a. silver nitrate solution
b. magnesium foil
c. caustic soda solution
d. zinc carbonate
e. manganese (IV) oxide
f. copper oxide
Solution 17
Equations for the reactions of hydrochloric acid on
a. silver nitrate solution
b. magnesium foil
c. caustic soda solution
d. zinc carbonate
e. manganese (IV) oxide
f. copper oxide
Question 18
Study the flow chart and give balanced equations with
conditions for the conversions A, B, C,D and E
.
Solution 18
NaCl + H2SO4
NaHSO4
+ HCl
Fe + 2HCl
FeCl2
+ H2
HCl + NH3
NH4Cl
PbO2 + 4HCl
PbCl2
+ 2H2O + Cl2
Question 19
Write the balanced equations for the reaction of dilute
hydrochloric acid with each of the following:
(a) Iron
(b) Sodium hydrogen carbonate
(c) Iron(II) sulphide
(d) magnesium sulphite
Solution 19
(a) Fe +2HCl
FeCl2
+H2
(b) NaHCO3 + HCl
NaCl
+ H2O + CO2
(c) FeS + 2HCl
FeCl2
+ H2S
(d)
Question 20
Lead nitrate solution is mixed with dilute hydrochloric acid
and heated.
Solution 20
Lead nitrate solution is mixed with dilute hydrochloric acid
and heated to give a white precipitate of lead (I) chloride.
Question 21
a. Aqua regia is a mixture of
i. Dilute hydrochloric acid and concentrated nitric acid
ii. Concentrated hydrochloric acid and dilute nitric acid
iii. Concentrated hydrochloric acid [1 part] and
concentrated nitric acid [3 parts]
iv. Concentrated hydrochloric acid [3 parts] and
concentrated nitric acid [1 part]
b. How would you distinguish between dilute HCl and dilute
HNO3 by addition of only one solution?
c. Name two gases which can be used in the study of the
fountain experiment. State the common property demonstrated
by the fountain experiment.
Solution 21
a. Aqua regia is
a mixture of Concentrated hydrochloric acid [3 parts] and
concentrated nitric acid [1 part].
b. Silver nitrate solution will give a white ppt. when added
to dil. hydrochloric acid and no change will be observed
when added to dil. nitric acid.
c. Hydrogen chloride and ammonia gas.
Question 22
a. Choose the correct answer from the choices given:
Hydrogen chloride gas being highly soluble in water is dried
by
i. Anhydrous calcium chloride
ii. Phosphorous pentoxide
iii. Quicklime
iv. Conc. sulphuric acid
b. Write the balanced chemical equation.
i. Sodium thiosulphate is reacted with dilute hydrochloric
acid.
ii. Calcium bicarbonate reacts with dilute hydrochloric
acid.
c. In the laboratory preparation of hydrochloric acid,
hydrogen chloride gas is dissolved in water.
i. Draw a diagram to show the arrangement used for the
absorption of HCl gas in water.
ii. State why such an arrangement is necessary. Give two
reasons for the same.
iii. Write balanced chemical equations for the laboratory
preparation of HCl gas when the reaction is A. Below 200°C;
B. Above 200°C.
Solution 22
a. Hydrogen chloride gas being highly soluble in water is
dried by conc. sulphuric acid.
b. Balanced chemical equations:
i. Sodium thiosulphate is reacted with dilute hydrochloric
acid:
ii. Calcium bicarbonate reacts with dilute hydrochloric
acid:
c.
i. Diagram to show the arrangement used for the absorption
of HCl gas in water:
ii. Such
an arrangement is necessary to
prevent back suction of water into the apparatus
and
it provides
a large surface area for dissolution of hydrogen chloride
gas.
iii. Balanced chemical equations for the laboratory
preparation of HCl gas:
Question 23
a. Rewrite the correct statement with the missing word/s:
Aqua regia
contains one part by volume of nitric acid and three parts
by volume of hydrochloric acid.
b. Give reason for the following: Hydrogen chloride gas
cannot be dried over quicklime.
c. Give a balanced equation for the reaction: Conc.
hydrochloric acid and potassium permanganate solution.
d. Give balanced equations with conditions, if any, for the
following conversions:
i. Sodium chloride → Hydrogen chloride
ii. Hydrogen chloride → Iron (II) chloride
iii. Hydrogen chloride → Ammonium chloride
iv. Hydrogen chloride → Lead chloride
Solution 24
a. Aqua regia
contains one part by volume of conc. nitric acid and three
parts by volume of conc. hydrochloric acid.
b. Because HCl undergoes a chemical reaction with quicklime.
2HCl + CaO → CaCl2 + H2O
c. Balanced
equation for the reaction of conc. hydrochloric acid and
potassium permanganate solution:
d. Balanced equations with conditions for the following
conversions:
i. Sodium chloride → Hydrogen chloride
ii. Hydrogen chloride → Iron (II) chloride
iii. Hydrogen chloride → Ammonium chloride
iv. Hydrogen chloride → Lead chloride
Question 25
a. Identify the gas evolved when
i. Potassium sulphite is treated with dilute hydrochloric
acid.
ii. Concentrated hydrochloric acid is made to react with
manganese dioxide.
b. State one appropriate observation for
i. Copper sulphide is treated with dilute hydrochloric
acid.
ii. A few drops of dil. HCl are added to AgNO3
solution, followed by addition of NH4OH solution.
Solution 25
a. i.
When potassium sulphite is treated with dilute hydrochloric
acid,
sulphur dioxide gas is evolved.
ii.
When concentrated hydrochloric acid is made to react with
manganese dioxide, chlorine
gas
is evolved.
b. i. Hydrogen sulphide gas is evolved which has the smell
of rotten eggs.
ii. A white precipitate of silver chloride is formed which
is soluble in ammonium hydroxide.
Question 26
a. Fill in the blank from the choices in the brackets:
Quicklime is not used to dry HCl gas because [CaO is
alkaline, CaO is acidic, CaO is neutral].
b. Write the balanced equation for
Action of dilute hydrochloric acid on sodium sulphide.
c. State your observation:
Dilute HCl is added to sodium carbonate crystals.
d. Study the given figure and answer the questions that
follow:
i. Identify the gas Y.
ii. What property of gas Y does this experiment
demonstrate?
iii. Name another gas which has the same property and can be
demonstrated through this experiment.
Solution 26
a. Quicklime is not used to dry HCl gas because CaO
is alkaline.
b. Action of dilute hydrochloric acid on sodium sulphide:
c. Dilute HCl is added to sodium carbonate crystals:
Sodium carbonate crystals on reaction with dilute HCl form
sodium chloride, water and carbon dioxide gas, which is
evolved with brisk effervescence. This is a neutralisation
reaction because sodium carbonate is a basic salt, while
hydrochloric acid is an acid. The chemical equation for this
reaction is as follows:
d.
i. The gas is HCl
(hydrogen chloride) gas.
ii. The extreme
solubility of hydrogen chloride gas is demonstrated by the
fountain experiment.
iii. Another gas which
has the same property and can be demonstrated through this
experiment is ammonia gas.
Question 27
(a) Name the acid which on mixing with silver nitrate
solution produces a white precipitate which is soluble in
excess of ammonium hydroxide.
(b) Name the gas which produces dense white fumes with
ammonia gas.
(c) The following questions pertain to the laboratory
preparation of hydrogen chloride gas.
(i) Write the equation for its preparation, mentioning the
conditions required.
(ii) Name the drying agent used in the above preparation and
give a reason for the choice.
(iii) State a safety precaution taken during the preparation
of hydrochloric acid
Solution 27
(a) Hydrochloric acid (HCl)
(b) Hydrogen chloride
(c)
(i)
(ii) For purification of HCl, it is dried by passing through
conc. Sulphuric acid. It is preferred over the other drying
agent because it does not react with HCl
(iii) i. Temperature should be maintained at nearly 200oC.
ii. Delivery tube should be dipped in drying agent i.e.,
conc. H2SO4.
iii. The lower end of the thistle funnel must be dipped in
conc. Sulphuric acid.
Question 28
(a) The aim of the Fountain experiment is to prove that :
(A) HCl turns blue litmus red
(B) HCl is denser than air
(C) HCl is highly soluble in water
(D) HCl fumes in moist air
(b) Write a balanced chemical equation:
Action of hydrochloric acid on sodium bicarbonate.
(c)
State your observations when :
(i) Dilute Hydrochloric acid is added to Lead nitrate
solution and the mixture is heated.
(ii)
Dilute Hydrochloric acid is added to Sodium thiosulphate
(d)Identify
the gas evolved
and give the
chemical test in each of the following cases :
(i) Dilute hydrochloric acid reacts with iron (II) sulphide.
(ii) Dilute hydrochloric acid reacts with sodium sulphite.
Solution 28
(a) Option
C
HCl is highly soluble in water.
HCl is highly soluble in water. Its high solubility may be
demonstrated by the fountain experiment.
(b) NaHCO3(s) + HCl(l)→ NaCl(aq)
+ H2O(l) + CO2(g)
(c)
(i) Hydrogen sulphide
The gas released has a rotten egg smell.
(ii) Sulphur dioxide
Freshly prepared K2Cr2O7
paper changes from orange to green.
Chemical Bonding ICSE Class-10 Concise Chemistry
Selina
Solutions Chapter-2
Question 1
How do atoms attain noble gas
configuration?
Answer 1
Atoms lose, gain or share electrons to
attain noble gas configuration.
Question 2
Define
(a) a chemical bond
(b) an electrovalent bond
(c) a covalent bond
Answer 2
(a) A chemical bond may be defined as the
force of attraction between any two atoms, in a molecule, to
maintain stability.
(b) The chemical bond formed between two
atoms by transfer of one or more electrons from the atom of a
metallic electropositive element to an atom of a non-metallic
electronegative element is called as electrovalent bond.
(c) The chemical bond formed due to mutual
sharing of electrons between the given pairs of atoms of
non-metallic elements is called as a covalent bond.
Question 3
What are the conditions for formation of an
electrovalent bond?
Answer 3
Conditions for formation of Ionic bond are:
(i) The atom which changes into cation
should possess 1, 2 or 3 valency electrons. The other atom which
changes into anion should possess 5, 6 or 7 electrons in the valence
shell.
(ii) A high difference of electronegativity
of the two atoms is necessary for the formation of an Ionic bond.
(iii) There must be an overall decrease in
energy i.e., energy must be released.
For this an atom should have low value of
Ionisation potential and the other atom should have high value of
electron affinity.
(iv) Higher the lattice energy, greater
will be the case of forming an ionic compound.
Question 4
An atom X has three electrons more than
noble gas configuration. What type of ion will it form? Write the
formula of its (i) Sulphate (ii) Nitrate (iii) Phosphate (iv)
carbonate (v) Hydroxide
Answer 4
It will form a cation: X3+
(i) X2(SO4)3
(ii) X(NO3)3
(iii) XPO4
(iv) X2(CO3)3
(v) X(OH)3
Question 5
Mention the basic tendency of an atom which
makes it combine with other atoms.
Answer 5
Atoms combine with other atoms to attain
stable octet or noble gas configuration.
Question 6
A solid is crystalline, has a high melting
point and is water soluble. Describe the nature of the solid.
Answer 6
The crystalline solid is ionic in nature.
It has strong electrostatic forces of attraction between its ions,
which cannot be separated easily.
Crystalline solids have high melting and
boiling points, and a large amount of energy is required to break
the strong bonding force between ions.
Water is a polar compound, so it decreases
the electrostatic forces of attraction in the crystalline solid,
resulting in free ions in the aqueous solution. Hence, the solid
dissolves.
Question 7
In the formation of compound XY2,
an atom X gives one electron to each Y atom, what is the
nature of bond in XY2? Draw the electron dot
structure of this compound?
Answer 7
X and Y form an ionic bond in XY2.
Question 8
An atom has 2, 8, 7 electrons in its shell.
It combines with Y having 1 electron in its outermost shell.
(a) What type of bond will be formed
between X and Y?
(b) Write the formula of compound formed.
Answer 8
(a) X has 7 electrons in its outermost
shell and Y has only one electron in its outermost shell so Y loses
its one electron and X gains that electron to form an ionic bond.
(b) The formula of the compound would be
XY.
Question 9
Draw electron dot diagrams of
(i) NaCl (ii) MgCl2 (iii) CaO.
Answer 9
Orbit structure and electron dot diagram of
NaCl:
Orbit structure and electron dot diagram of MgCl2:
Electron dot Orbit structure diagram of
CaO:
Question 10
Compare :
(a) Sodium atom and sodium ion
(b) Chlorine atom and chlorine ion
With respect to
(i) Atomic structure
(ii) Electrical state
(iii) Chemical action and
(iv) toxicity
Answer 10
(a) Sodium atom and sodium ion
(i) Sodium atom has one electron in M shell
while sodium ion has 8 electrons in L shell.
(ii) Sodium atom is neutral while sodium
ion is positively charged.
(iii) Sodium atom is highly reactive while
its ion is inert.
(iv)Sodium atom is poisonous while sodium
ion is non-poisonous.
(b)Chlorine atom and chlorine ion
(i) Chlorine atom has 7 electrons in its M
shell while Chloride ion has 8 electrons in the same shell.
(ii) Chlorine atom is neutral while
chloride ion is negatively charged.
(iii) Chlorine atom is highly reactive
while its ion is inert.
(iv)Chlorine gas is poisonous while
chloride ion is non-poisonous.
Question 11
The electronic configuration of fluoride
ion is the same as that of a neon atom. What is the difference
between two?
Answer 11
Fluoride ion is negatively charged while
neon atom is neutral.
Question 12
(a)
What do you understand by redox reactions? Explain oxidation and
reduction in terms of loss or gain of electrons. (b) Divide the
following redox reactions into oxidation and reduction half
reactions.
(c) Potassium (Atomic No. 19) and chlorine
(Atomic No. 17) react to form a compound. On the basis of electronic
concept, explain
(i) oxidation (ii) reduction (iii) .
oxidising agent (iv) reducing agent
Answer 12
(a) Transfer of electron(s) is involved in
the formation of an electrovalent bond. The electropositive atom
undergoes oxidation, while the electronegative atom undergoes
reduction. This is known as redox process.
Oxidation: In the electronic concept,
oxidation is a process in which an atom or ion loses electron(s).
Zn → Zn2+ + 2e–
Reduction: In the electronic concept, the
reduction is a process in which an atom or ion accepts electron(s).
(b) Cu2+ + 2e–→ Cu
(i) Zn → Zn2+ + 2e–
(Oxidation)
Pb2+ + 2e– → Pb
(Reduction)
(ii) Zn → Zn2+ + 2e–
(Oxidation)
Cu2+ + 2e–→ Cu
(Reduction)
(iii). Cl2 + 2e–→ 2Cl–
(Reduction)
2Br–→ Br2 + 2e–
(Oxidation)
(iv) Sn2+→ Sn4+ + 2e–
(Oxidation)
2Hg2+ + 2e–→ Hg2
(Reduction)
(v) Cu+→ Cu2+ + e–
(Oxidation)
Cu+ + e– → Cu
(Reduction)
(c) 2K + Cl2→2KCl
(i) Oxidation:
In the electronic concept, oxidation is a process in which an atom
or ion loses electron(s).
K → K+ + e–
(ii) Reduction:
In the electronic concept, the reduction is a process in which an
atom or ion accepts electron(s).
Cl2 + 2e–→ 2Cl–
(iii) Oxidising agent
An oxidising agent oxidises other
substances either by accepting electrons or by providing oxygen or
an electronegative ion, or by removing hydrogen or an
electropositive ion.
Cl2 + 2e–→ 2Cl–
(iv) Reducing agent
A reducing agent reduces other substances
either by providing electrons or by providing hydrogen or an
electropositive ion, or by removing oxygen or an electronegative
ion.
K → K+ + e–
ICSE Chemistry Class-10 Concise Selina Solution
Chemical Bonding Chapter 2 Intex 2
Question 1
What are conditions necessary for the
formation of covalent molecules?
Answer 1
(i) Both atoms should have four or more
electrons in their outermost shells, i.e., non-metals.
(ii) Both the atoms should have high
electronegativity.
(iii) Both the atoms should have high
electron affinity and high ionisation potential.
(iv) Electronegativity difference between
the two atoms should be zero or negligible.
(v) The approach of the atoms towards one
another should be accompanied by decrease of energy.
Question 2
Elements A, B and C have atomic numbers 17,
19 and 10 respectively.
(a) State which one is:
(i) A non-metal
(ii) A metal
(iii) Chemically inert?
(b) Write down the formula of the compound
formed by two of the above elements.
Answer 2
(a) A is a non-metal; B is a metal while C
is a chemically inert element.
(b) BA
Question 3
Draw the electron dot diagram and structure
of:
(a) nitrogen molecule
(b) magnesium chloride
(c) methane
Answer 3
Question 4
What is the difference between:
(a) Ionic compounds and polar covalent
compounds
(b) Ionic compounds and covalent compounds
(c) A polar covalent compound and a
non-polar covalent compound?
Answer 4
(a) difference between Ionic compounds and
polar covalent compounds
Ionic compounds are formed as a result of
the transfer of one or more electrons from the atom of a metallic
electropositive element to an atom of a non-metallic electronegative
element.
A polar covalent compound is the one in
which there is an unequal distribution of electrons between the two
atoms.
(b) difference between Ionic compounds and
covalent compounds
Ionic compounds, made up of ions, are
generally crystalline solids with high melting and boiling points.
They are soluble in water and good
conductors of electricity in aqueous solution and molten state.
Covalent compounds, made up of molecules,
can exist as soft solids or liquids or gases with low melting and
boiling points. They are generally insoluble in water and poor
conductors of electricity.
(c) difference between Ionic Polar
covalents and Non-polar compounds
Polar covalent compounds are formed between
2 non-metal atoms that have different electronegativities and
therefore have unequal sharing of the bonded electron pair.
Non-polar compounds are formed when two
identical non-metals equally share electrons between them.
Question 5
The element X has electronic configuration
2, 8, 18, 8, 1. Without identifying X ,
(a) Predict the sign and charge on a simple
ion of X
(b) Write if X will be an oxidizing agent
or reducing agent and why?
Answer 5
(a) X+
(b) X will be a strong reducing agent as it
will have the tendency to donate its valence electron.
Question 6
What do you understand by polar covalent
compounds? Explain it by taking hydrogen chloride as an example.
Answer 6
Covalent compounds are said to be polar
when shared pair of electrons are unequally distributed between the
two atoms. For example in HCl, the high electronegativity of the
chlorine atom attracts the shared electron pair towards itself. As a
result, it develops a slight negative charge and hydrogen atom
develops a slight positive charge. Hence, a polar covalent bond is
formed.
Question 7
(a) Explain the bonding in methane molecule
using the electron dot structure.
(b) The methane molecule is a non-polar
molecule. Explain.
Answer 7
(a)
Atom
|
Electronic configuration
|
Nearest noble gas
|
To attain stable electronic
configuration of a nearest noble gas
|
Carbon
|
126C
[2,4]
|
Neon [2,8]
|
Carbon needs four electrons to
complete the octet.
|
Hydrogen
|
11H
[1]
|
Helium [2]
|
Hydrogen needs one electron to
complete the duplet.
|
One atom of carbon shares four electron
pairs, one with each of the four atoms of hydrogen.
|
Before combination
(4 [H] and 1 [C] atom)
|
After combination (CH4 –
Methane molecule)
|
(b) Methane is a covalent compound and is
non-polar in nature. This is because the shared pair of electrons is
equally distributed between the two atoms. So, no charge separation
takes place and the molecule is symmetrical and electrically
neutral.
Question 8
Give the characteristic properties of:
(a) Electrovalent compounds
(b) Covalent compounds
Answer 8
(a) Properties of Electrovalent Compounds:
1.
Ionic compounds usually exist in the form of crystalline solids.
2.
They have high melting and boiling points.
3.
These compounds are generally soluble in water but insoluble in
organic solvents.
4.
They are good conductors of electricity in the fused or in an
aqueous solution state.
(b) Properties of Covalent Compounds:
1.The covalent compounds exist as gases or
liquids or soft solids.
2.
The melting and boiling points of covalent compounds are generally
low.
3.
Covalent compounds are insoluble in water but dissolve in organic
solvents.
4.
They are non-conductors of electricity in the solid, molten or
aqueous state.
Question 9
(a) State the type of bond is formed when
the combining atoms have:
(i) zero E.N. difference
(ii) small E.N. difference
(iii) large E.N. difference
1.
State the type of bond formed, and draw Lewis structure of
2.
water
3.
calcium oxide
Answer 9
(a)
(i) Covalent bond
(ii) Polar covalent bond
(iii). Ionic bond
(b)
(i) water: Polar covalent bonding takes
place in water.
(ii) calcium oxide: Electrovalent bonding
takes place in calcium oxide.
Question 10
Explain the following:
(a) Electrovalent compounds conduct
electricity.
(b) Electrovalent compounds have a high
melting point and boiling point, while covalent compounds have low
melting and boiling points.
(c) Electrovalent compounds dissolve in
water, whereas covalent compounds do not.
(d) Electrovalent compounds are usually
hard crystals yet brittle.
(e) Polar covalent compounds conduct
electricity.
Answer 10
(a) Electrovalent compounds
are good conductors of electricity in the
fused or aqueous state because electrostatic forces of attraction
between ions in the solid state are very strong and these forces
weaken in the fused state or in the solution state. Hence, ions
become mobile.
(b) Electrovalent compounds
have a strong force of attraction between
the oppositely charged ions, so a large amount of energy is required
to break the strong bonding force between ions. So, they have high
boiling and melting points.
Covalent compounds have weak forces of
attraction between the binding molecules, thus less energy is
required to break the force of binding. So, they have low boiling
and melting points.
(c) As water is a polar compound, it
decreases the electrostatic forces of attraction, resulting in free
ions in the aqueous solution. Hence, electrovalent compounds
dissolve.
Covalent compounds do not dissolve in water
but dissolve in organic solvents. Organic solvents are non-polar;
hence, these dissolve in non-polar covalent compounds.
(d) Electrovalent compounds
are usually hard crystals yet brittle
because they have strong electrostatic forces of attraction between
their ions which cannot be separated easily.
(e) Polar covalent compounds conduct
electricity because they form ions in their solutions.
Question 11
Elements X, Y and Z have atomic numbers 6,
9 and 12, respectively. Which one
(a) forms an anion
(b) forms a cation
(c) State the type of bond between Y and Z
and give its molecular formula.
Answer 11
(a)
(i) Y = 9
(ii) Z = 12
(b) Ionic bond with molecular formula ZY2.
Question 12
Taking MgCl2 as an electrovalent
compound and CCl4 as a covalent compound, give four
differences between electrovalent and covalent compounds.
Answer 12
MgCl2 – Electrovalent
compound
|
CCl4 – Covalent compound
|
hard crystalline solids consisting
of ions.
|
gases or liquids or soft solids.
|
high melting and boiling points.
|
low melting and boiling points.
|
conduct electricity in the fused or
aqueous state.
|
do not conduct electricity in the
solid, molten or aqueous state.
|
It is soluble in inorganic solvents
but insoluble in organic solvents.
|
It is insoluble in water but
dissolve in organic solvents.
|
Question 13
Potassium chloride is an electrovalent
compound, while hydrogen chloride is a covalent compound. But both
conduct electricity in their aqueous solutions. Explain.
Answer 13
Potassium chloride is an electrovalent
compound and conducts electricity in the molten or aqueous state
because the electrostatic forces of attraction weaken in the fused
state or in aqueous solution.
Polar covalent compounds like hydrogen
chloride ionise in their solutions and can act as an electrolyte.
So, both can conduct electricity in their aqueous solutions.
Question 14
(a) Name two compounds that are covalent
when pure but produce ions when dissolved in water.
(b) For each compound mentioned above, give
the formulae of ions formed in the aqueous solution.
Answer 14
(a) HCl and NH3
(b) HCl + H2O → H3O+
+ Cl–
NH3 + H2O →NH4+
+ OH–
Question 15
An element M burns in oxygen to form an
ionic bond MO. Write the formula of the compounds formed if this
element is made to combine with chlorine and sulphur separately.
Answer 15
Formula of compound when combined with
sulphur – MSFormula of compound when combined with chlorine – MCl2
Question 16
Element A has 2 electrons in its M shell.
Element B has atomic number 7.
(a) Write equations to show how A and B
form ions.
(b) If B is a diatomic gas, write the
equation for the direct combination of A and B to form a compound.
(c) If the compound formed between A and B
is melted and an electric current is passed through the molten
compound, then element A will be obtained at the _________ and B at
the ________ of the electrolytic cell.
Answer 16
(c) If the compound formed between A and B is melted and an electric
current is passed through the molten compound, then element A will
be obtained at the cathode and B at the anode of the
electrolytic
Exercise-2
Question 1
Define a coordinate bond and give
conditions for its formation.
Answer 1
The bond formed between two atoms by
sharing a pair of electrons, provided entirely by one of the
combining atoms but shared by both is called a coordinate bond. It
is represented by an arrow starting from the donor atoms and ending
in the acceptor atom.
Conditions:
1.
One of the two atoms must have at least one lone pair of electrons.
2.
Another atom should be short of at least a lone pair of electrons.
The two lone pair of electrons in the
oxygen atom of water is used to form coordinate bond with the
hydrogen ion which is short of an electron resulting in the
formation of the hydronium ion.
H2O
+ H+ H3O+ Over here the hydrogen
ion accepts one lone pair of electrons of the oxygen atom of water
molecule leading to the formation of a coordinate covalent bond.
Question 2
What do you understand by lone pair and
shared pair?
Answer 2
A pair of electrons which is not shared
with any other atom is known as a lone pair of electrons. It is
provided to the other atom for the formation of a coordinate bond.
A pair of electrons which is shared between
two atoms resulting in the formation of a covalent bond is called a
shared pair.
Question 3
State the type of bonding in the following
molecules:
(a) Water
(b) Calcium oxide
(c) Hydroxyl ion
(d) Methane
(e) Ammonium ion
(f) Ammonium chloride
Answer 3
(a) Polar covalent bond
(b) Ionic bond
(c) O and H are bonded with a single
covalent bond and oxygen possesses a single negative charge
in the hydroxyl ion.
(d) Covalent bond
(e) Coordinate bond
(f) Electrovalent bond, dative
bond (or coordinate bond) and covalent bond
Question 4
(b)
Give two examples in each case:
(i) Co-ordinate bond compounds
(ii) Solid covalent compounds
(iii) Gaseous polar compounds
(iv) Gaseous non-polar compounds
(v) Liquid non-polar compounds
Answer 4
(b)
(i) Ammoniumion and hydronium ion
(ii) Phosphoruspentachloride and diamond
(iii) Hydrogen chloride and water vapour
(iv) Oxygen gas and nitrogen gas
(v) Toluene and Gasoline
Question 5
Element M forms a chloride with the formula
MCl2 which is a solid with high melting point. M would
most likely be in the group in which ______ is placed. [(a) Na (b)
Mg (c)Al (d) Si]
Answer 5
Mg
Answer-6
|
Sodium
|
Phos-
phorus
|
Carbon
|
Formula of chloride
|
NaCl
|
PCl5
|
CCl4
|
Nature of bonding
|
Ionic
|
Covalent
|
Covalent
|
Physical state of chloride
|
Solid
|
Solid
|
Liquid
|
Questions-6
(a) How many atoms of each kind are present
in the following molecules: calcium oxide, chlorine, water, carbon
tetrachloride?
(b) How many electrons are required by each
atom mentioned in (a) to attain the nearest noble gas configuration?
Answer-6
(a) CaO- 1 calcium atom + 1 oxygen atom
Cl2 – 2 chlorine atoms
H2O
– 2 hydrogen atoms + 1 oxygen atom
CCl4 – 1 carbon atom + 4
chlorine atoms
(b) Ca – will donate two electrons
O – will accept two electrons
Cl – will accept one electron, so two Cl
atoms will share an electron pair.
C – will accept four electrons by sharing
electrons pairs with hydrogen forming covalent bonds.
H – will donate one electron by sharing an
electron pair with carbon.
Question 8
Complete the following:
(a) When the nuclei of two reacting atoms
are of _____ mass, then a bond so formed is called _____covalent
bond. (Equal, unequal, polar, non -polar).
(b) In case of non-polar covalent bond, the
covalent bond is formed in the _____of atoms and shared electrons
are distributed _____. (Corner, middle, equally, unequally).
(c) Ionic or electrovalent compounds do not
conduct electricity in their …………… state. (Fused/solid)
(d) The ions in ______ compounds are held
very strongly due to strong _______ forces. ( electrovalent,
covalent, electromagnetic, electrostatic) (2018)
Answer 8
(a) Unequal,polar
(b) Middle, equally
(c) Ionic or electrovalent compounds do not
conduct electricity in their solid state.
(d) Electrovalent, electrostatic
Question 9
(a) Compound X consists of molecules.
Choose the letter corresponding to the correct answer from the
options A, B, C and D given below:
(i) The type of bonding in X will be
A.
ionic B. electrovalent C. covalent D molecular
(ii) X is likely to have a
A
low melting point and high boiling point
B
high melting point and low boiling point
C
low melting point and low boiling point
D
high melting point and high boiling point
(iii). In the liquid state, X will
A
become ionic
B
be an electrolyte
C
conduct electricity
D
not conduct electricity
Answer 9
(a)
(i) C
(ii) C
(iii) D
Question 10
(a) Electrons are getting added to an
element Y:
(i) Is Y getting oxidised or reduced?
(ii) What charge will Y migrate to during
the process of electrolysis?
(b) Acids dissolve in water and produce
positively charged ions. Draw the structure of these positive ions.
(c) Explain why carbon tetrachloride does
not dissolve in water.
Answer 10
(a)
(i) Y is getting reduced.
(ii) Y is positive and it will migrate
towards negative electrode that is cathode.
(b)
(c) It is anon-polar covalent compound and
does not dissolve in polar solvents like water.
Question 11
a. Elements Q and S react together to form
an ionic compound. Under normal conditions, which physical state
will the compound QS exist in?
b. Can Q and S both be metals? Justify your
answer.
c. The property which is characteristic of
an electrovalent compound is that
A. it is easily vaporised
B. it has a high melting point
C. it is a weak electrolyte
D. it often exists as a liquid
d. When a metal atom becomes an ion,
A. it loses electrons and is oxidised
B. it gains electrons and is reduced
C. it gains electrons and is oxidised
D. it loses electrons and is reduced
Answer 11
a. Solid
b. No, in the formation of an ionic
compound, one element is a metal and the other is a non-metal.
c. B
d. A
Question 12
(a) In the formation of magnesium chloride
(by direct combination between magnesium and chloride), name the
substance that is oxidized and the substance that is reduced.
(b) What are the terms defined below?
(i) A bond formed by share pair of
electrons, each bonding atom contributing one electron to the pair.
(ii) A bond formed by a shared pair of
electrons with both electrons coming from the same atom.
Answer 12
(a) Magnesium oxidises and chlorine reduces
during the formation of magnesium chloride.
(b) (i) Covalent bond
(ii) Co-ordinate bond
Class X Chemistry
Chapter 1 - Periodic Table, Periodic Properties and
Variations of Properties Exercise Ex. 1
Question 1
Name an
(a) An alkali metal in period 3 and halogen in period 2
(b) The noble gas with 3 shells
(c) The non-metals present in period 2 and metals in
period 3.
(d) The element of period 3 with valency 4.
(e) The element in period 3 which does not form an
oxide.
(f) The element of lower nuclear charge out of Be and
Mg.
(g) Which has higher E.A. Fluorine or Neon?
(h) Which has maximum metallic character Na, Li or K?
Solution 1
(a) Na and F
(b) Argon
(c) C, N, O and F are non-metals present in period 2
while Na, Mg and Al are metals in period 3.
(d) Silicon
(e) Argon
(f) Be
(g) Fluorine
(h) K
Question 2
Choose the most appropriate answer from [SO2,
SiO2, Al2O3, CO, MgO,
Na2O]
a.
A covalent oxide of a metalloid.
b.
An oxide which when dissolved in water forms acid.
c.
A basic oxide.
d.
An amphoteric oxide.
Solution 2
a.
A covalent oxide of a metalloid. - SiO2 (Si
is a metalloid)
b.
An oxide which when dissolved in water forms acid. - SO2 (SO2 +
H2O → H2SO3)
c.
A basic oxide. - Na2O (Na2O + H2O → 2NaOH)
d.
An amphoteric oxide. - Al2O3 (shows
both acidic and basic properties)
Question 3
Arrange the following as per instructions given in the
brackets.
a.
Mg, Cl, Na, S, Si (decreasing order of atomic size)
b.
Cs, Na, Li, K, Rb (increasing metallic character)
c.
Na, K, Cl, S, Si (increasing ionisation potential)
d.
Cl, F, Br, I (increasing electron affinity)
e.
Cs, Na, Li, K, Rb (decreasing electronegativity)
Solution 3
a. Mg, Cl, Na, S, Si (decreasing order of atomic size) -
Na
>mg>si>s>cl
b. Cs,
Na, Li, K, Rb (increasing metallic character)
Li < Na < K < Rb < Cs
c. Na, K, Cl, S, Si (increasing ionisation potential) -
Cl > S > Si > Na > K or K<na<si<s<cl
1256 > 999 >786 > 496 > 419
d. Cl, F, Br, I (increasing electron affinity) -
I < Br < F < Cl
-295 KJ mol-1 < -324 KJ mol-1 <
-327.9 KJ mol-1 < -349 KJ mol-1
e. Cs, Na, Li, K, Rb (decreasing electronegativity) -
Li > Na > K = Rb > Cs
1.0 > 0.9 > 0.8 = 0.8 > 0.7
Question 4
Chorine in the periodic table is surrounded by the
elements with atomic number 9, 16, 18 and 35.
(a) Which of these have physical and chemical properties
resembling chlorine?
(b) Which is more electronegative than chlorine?
Solution 4
(a) An element with atomic number 9 and 35
(b) An element with atomic number 9.
Question 5
First Ionization enthalpy of two elements X and Y are
500 kJ/mol-1 and 375 kJ /mol-1 respectively.
Comment about their relative position in a group as well
in a period.
Solution 5
The ionisation energy is the minimum energy required to
remove the outermost electron from a gaseous neutral
atom to form a cation.
Position in a group: X will be above Y ( because of
ionisation energy decreases down the group )
Position in a period: X will be the right side of Y (
because ionisation energy increases from left to right)
Question 6
Arrange the following in order of increasing radii:
(a) Cl¯, Cl
(b) Mg2+, Mg, Mg+
(c) N, O, P
Solution 6
(a) Cl < Cl¯
(b) Mg2+ < Mg+ < Mg
(c) O < N < P
Question 7
Which element from the following has the highest
ionization energy?
(a) P, Na, Cl
(b) F, O, Ne
(c) Ne, He, Ar
Explain your choice.
Solution 7
(a) Cl
Metals have low ionisation energy and non-metals have
high ionisation energy. Also, across the
period, ionisation energy tends to increase. The
elements P, Na and Cl belong to the third period. Na -
Group 1, P - Group 15 and Cl - Group 17.
(b) Ne
Inert gases have zero electron affinity because of their
stable electronic configuration.
(c) He
Ionisation energy decreases with an increase in the
atomic size, i.e. it decreases as one moves down a
group. Ne, He and Ar are inert gases. He - Period 1, Ne
- Period 2 and Ar - Period 3.
Question 8
The electronegativities(according to Pauling) of the
elements in period 3 of the periodic table are as
follows with elements arranged in alphabetical order:
Al
|
Cl
|
Mg
|
Na
|
P
|
S
|
Si
|
1.5
|
3
|
1.2
|
0.9
|
2.1
|
2.5
|
1.8
|
Arrange the elements in the order in which they occur in
the periodic table from left to right.
(The group 1 element first, followed by the group 2
element and so on, up to group 7).
Solution 8
Na, Mg, Al, Si, P, S, Cl
Question 9
Choose the word or phrase from the brackets which
correctly completes each of the following statements:
a.
The element below sodium in the same group would be
expected to have a ............... (lower/higher)
electro-negativity than sodium, and the element above
chlorine would be expected to have a (lower/higher)
ionisation potential than chlorine.
b.
On moving from left to right in a given period, the
number of shells ................. (remains the
same/increases decreases).
c.
On moving down a group, the number of valence electrons
.................. (remains the
same/increases/decreases).
d.
Metals are good ................. (oxidising
agents/reducing agents) because they are electron
............. (acceptors/donors).
Solution 9
(a) The element below sodium in the same group would be
expected to have a lower electro-negativity than
sodium, and the element above chlorine would be expected
to have a higher ionisation potential than
chlorine.
(b) On moving from left to right in a given period, the
number of shells remains the same.
(c) On moving down a group, the number of valence
electrons remains the same.
(d) Metals are good reducing agents because they
are electron donors.
Question 10
Parts (a) to (e) refer to change in the properties of
elements on moving from left to right across a period of
the periodic table. For each property, choose the
correct answer.
(a) The non-metallic character of the elements:
(i) Decreases
(ii) Increases
(iii) Remains the same
(iv) Depends on the period
(b) The electronegativity:
(i) Depends on the number of valence electrons
(ii) Remains the same
(iii) Decreases
(iv) Increases
(c) The ionization potential:
(i) goes up and down
(ii) Decreases
(iii) Increases
(iv) Remains the same
(d) The atomic size:
(i) Decreases
(ii) Increases
(iii) Remains the same
(iv) Sometimes increases and sometimes decreases
(e) The electron affinity of elements in group 1 to 7 :
(i) Goes up and then down
(ii) Decreases and then increases
(iii) Increases
(iv) Decreases
Solution 10
(a) Increases
(b) Increases
(c) Increases
(d) Decreases
(e) Increases
Question 11
The elements of one short period of the periodic table
are given below in order from left to right:
Li Be B C O F Ne
(a) To which period do these elements belong?
(b) One element of this period is missing. Which is the
missing element and where should it be placed?
(c) Place the three elements: Fluorine, Beryllium and
nitrogen in the order of increasing electronegativity.
(d) Which one of the above element belongs to the
halogen series?
Solution 11
(a) Period 2
(b) Nitrogen (N), between carbon and oxygen
(c) Be< N< F
(d) Fluorine
Question 12
Select the correct answer from the choices A, B, C, D
which are given. Write down only the letter
corresponding to correct answer.
With reference to the variation of properties in the
Periodic table, which of the following is generally
true?
A Atomic size increases from left to right across a
period.
B Ionization potential increases from left to right
across a period.
C Electron affinity increases going down a group.
D Electro-negativity increases going down a group.
Solution 12
B
Question 13
Among Period 2 elements A, B, C and D, the one which has
high electron affinity is
A.
Lithium
B.
Carbon
C.
Fluorine
D.
Neon
Solution 13
Correct option is A. Lithium
In a period from left to right, electron affinity
decreases as the non-metallic character increases.
Question 14
Group No.'s
IA
|
IIA
|
IIIA
|
IVA
|
VA
|
VIA
|
VIIA
|
0
|
1
|
2
|
13
|
14
|
15
|
16
|
17
|
18
|
Li
|
|
D
|
|
|
O
|
J
|
Ne
|
A
|
Mg
|
E
|
Si
|
|
H
|
K
|
|
B
|
C
|
|
F
|
G
|
|
|
L
|
Select from the table:
i.
Which is the most electronegative?
ii.
How many valence electrons are present in G?
iii.
Write the formula of the compound between B and H.
iv.
In the compound between F and J, what type of bond will
be formed?
v.
Draw the electron dot structure for the compound formed
between C and K.
Solution 14
i.
The most electronegative is J.
ii.
Valence electrons present in G are 5.
iii.
B contains 1 valence electron and H contains 6 valence
electrons. So, the valency of B is +1 and the valency of
H is - 2.
iv.
In the compound between F and J, the type of bond formed
will be covalent.
v.
The electron dot structure for the compound formed
between C and K is
Question 15
The number of electrons in the valence shell of a
halogen is ………. A - 1, B - 3, C - 5, D - 7.
Solution 15
The number of electrons in the valence shell of a
halogen is 7.
Correct option: D
Question 16
Electronegativity across the period ............
[increases/decreases].
Solution 16
Electronegativity across the period increases.
Question 17
Non-metallic character down the group …………
[increases/decreases].
Solution 17
Non-metallic character down the group decreases.
Question 18
Atomic number of an element is 16. State
i.
to which period it belongs
ii.
the number of valence electrons in the element
iii.
is the element metal or non-metal
Solution 18
Atomic number of an element is 16.
1.
It belongs to Period 3.
2.
The number of valence electrons in the element is 6.
3.
The element is a non-metal.
Question 19
Give reasons - The oxidising power of elements increases
from left to right along a period.
Solution 19
The oxidising power of elements depends on the tendency
to gain electrons which increases from left to right
along a period due to increase in nuclear pull.
Question 20
Select the correct answer:
i.
Across a period, the ionisation potential …………
[increases, decreases, remains same]
ii.
Down the group, electron affinity ………… [increases,
decreases, remains same]
Solution 20
i.
Across a period, the ionisation potential increases.
ii.
Down the group, electron affinity decreases.
Question 21
Choose the correct answer from the choice given:
In the periodic table, alkali metals are placed in the
group A : 1, B : 11, C : 17, D : 18.
Solution 21
In the periodic table, alkali metals are placed in Group
I. So, the correct option is A.
Question 22
Choose the correct answer from the choice given:
Which of the following properties do not match with
elements of the halogen family?
A.
They have seven electrons in their valence shell.
B.
They are highly reactive chemically.
C.
They are metallic in nature.
D.
They are diatomic in their molecular form.
Solution 22
The correct option is C.
The elements of halogen family are non-metallic in
nature.
Question 23
State the group and period of the element having three
shells with three electrons in the valence shell.
Solution 23
Three shells indicate that the element belongs to the
third period.
Three valence electrons indicate that the element
belongs to the third group.
Question 24
Choose the correct answer from the option:
An element in Period 3 whose electronic affinity is
zero.
A.
Neon
B.
Sulphur
C.
Sodium
D.
Argon
Solution 24
Correct option: (D) Argon
Question 25
Give reason:
i.
Ionisation potential of the element increases across a
period.
ii.
Alkali metals are good reducing agents.
Solution 25
i.
Because the atomic radius decreases across a period. Due
to this, attraction between the nucleus and the electron
increases. This results in an increase in the ionisation
potential.
ii.
Alkali metals are good reducing agents because they have
a greater tendency to lose electrons.
Question 26
There are three elements E, F, G with atomic numbers 19,
8 and 17 respectively.
Classify the above elements as metals and non-metals.
Solution 26
Electronic configuration of E with atomic number 19 =
2,8,8,1
E is a metal.
Electronic configuration of F with atomic number 8 =
2,6
F is a non-metal.
Electronic configuration of G with atomic number 17 =
2,8,7
G is a non-metal.
Question 27
Name: A metal present in Period 3, Group I of the
periodic table.
Solution 27
A metal present in Period 3, Group I of the periodic
table is sodium.
Question 28
Among the Period 2 elements, the element which has high
electron affinity is
A.
Lithium
B.
Carbon
C.
Chlorine
D.
Fluorine
Solution 28
Correct option: (D) Fluorine
Question 29
Identify: The element which has the highest ionisation
potential.
Solution 29
The element which has the highest ionisation potential
is helium (He).
Question 30
Group No.
|
1-1A
|
2-IIA
|
13-IIIA
|
14-IVA
|
15-VA
|
16-VIA
|
17-VIIA
|
18-0
|
2nd period
|
Li
|
|
D
|
|
|
O
|
J
|
Ne
|
3rd period
|
A
|
Mg
|
E
|
Si
|
|
H
|
M
|
|
4th period
|
R
|
T
|
I
|
|
Q
|
U
|
|
Y
|
In the above table, H does not represent hydrogen. Some
elements are given in their own symbol and position in
the periodic table while others are shown with a letter.
Answer the following questions.
i.
Identify the most electronegative element.
ii.
Identify the most reactive element of Group I.
iii.
Identify the element from Period 3 with least atomic
size.
iv.
How many valence electrons are present in Q?
v.
Which element from group 2 would have the least
ionisation energy?
vi.
Identify the noble gas of the fourth period.
vii.
In the compound between A and H, what type of bond would
be formed and give its molecular formula.
Solution 30
i.
I
ii.
R
iii.
M
iv.
5
v.
T
vi.
Y
vii.
Ionic bond will be formed and the molecular formula is A2H.
Question 31
Choose the correct answer from the choice given:
i. Ionisation potential increases over a period from
left to right because the
A.
Atomic radius and nuclear charge increase
B.
Atomic radius and nuclear charge decrease
C.
Atomic radius increases and nuclear charge decreases
D.
Atomic radius decreases and nuclear charge increases
ii. An element A belonging to Period 3 and Group II
will have
A.
3 shells and 2 valence electrons
B.
2 shells and 3 valence electrons
C.
3 shells and 3 valence electrons
D.
2 shells and 2 valence electrons
Solution 31
i.
Correct option: D (atomic radius decreases and nuclear
charge increases)
ii.
Correct option: A (3 shells and 2 valence electrons)
Question 32
(b) An atomic number of an element Z is 16. Answer the
following:
i.
State the period and group to which Z belongs.
ii.
Is Z a metal or a non-metal?
Solution 32
(a) An element Z having atomic number 16 is Sulphur.
(i) Sulphur belongs to Period 3 and Group 16.
(ii) Sulphur is a non-metal.
Question 33
State the formula of the compound between Z and
hydrogen.
Solution 33
Two hydrogen atoms combine with one sulphur atom to form
hydrogen sulphide (H2S) gas.
Question 34
M is a metal above hydrogen in the activity series and
its oxide has the formula M2O. This oxide,
when dissolved in water, forms the corresponding
hydroxide which is a good conductor of electricity. In
the above context, answer the following:
i.
What kind of combination exists between M and O?
ii.
State the number of electrons in the outermost shell of
M.
iii.
Name the group to which M belongs.
Solution 34
i.
Ionic bond exists between M and O.
ii.
1 electron is present in the outermost shell of M.
iii.
M belongs to Group 1 in the modern periodic table.
Question 35
Give one word or phrase for: The amount of energy
released when an atom in the gaseous state accepts an
electron to form an anion.
Solution 35
Electron affinity
Question 36
Match the option A and B with the statements (i) and
(ii):
A. metal
|
(i) The metal that forms two types of ions
|
B. iron
|
(ii) An element with electronic
configuration 2, 8, 8, 3
|
Solution 36
A: (ii)
B: (i)
Question 37
Among the elements given below, the element with the
least electronegativity is
(i) Lithium
(ii) Carbon
(iii) Boron
(iv) Fluorine
Solution 37
(i) Lithium
Reason: Electronegativity increases from left to right.
Lithium is present on the left side of the periodic
table; hence, it will be the least electronegative
element.
Question 38
The metals of Group 2 from top to bottom are Be, Mg, Ca,
Sr and Ba.
(i) Which of these elements will form ions most readily
and why?
(ii) State the common feature in the electronic
configuration of all these elements.
Solution 38
(i) Ba metal will form ions readily because
the ionisationenergy decreases down the group as the
size increases.
(ii) On moving down the group, the number of electrons
in the outermost shell, i.e.valence electrons remain the
same. So, the valency in a group remains the same, i.e.
2.
Question 39
Metals are good _____________ (oxidising agents/reducing
agents) because they are electron __________
(acceptors/donors).
Solution 39
Metals are good reducing agents because they are
electron donors.
Question 40
An element with the atomic number 19 will most likely
combine chemically with the element whose atomic number
is :
A. 17
B. 11
C. 18
D. 20
Solution 40
(A) 17
Element with atomic number 19 will lose 1 electron (to
achieve the noble gas configuration) which can be
accepted by the element with atomic number 17.
Question 41
Rewrite the following sentences by using the correct
symbol > (greater than) or < (less than) in the blanks
given :
1. The ionization potential of potassium is
_________________ that of sodium.
2. The
electronegativity of lodine is ___________ that of
Chlorine.
Solution 41
1. less than
2. less than
Question 42
Fill in the blanks by selecting the correct word from
the brackets :
i. If an element has a low ionization energy then it is
likely to be ______________ (metallic / non-metallic).
ii. If
an element has seven electrons in its outermost shell
then it is likely to have the ______________ (largest /
smallest) atomic size among all the elements in the same
period.
Solution 42
i. Metallic
ii. Smallest
Question 43
In Period 3 of the Periodic table, element B is placed
to the left of element A. On the basis of this
information, choose the correct word from the brackets
to complete the following statements:
i. The element B would have (lower /higher) metallic
character than A.
ii. The element A would probably have (lesser / higher)
electron affinity than B.
iii. The
element A would have (greater /smaller) atomic size than
B.
Solution 43
i. The element B would have higher metallic
character than A.
ii. The element A would probably have higher electron
affinity than B.
iii. The element A would have smaller atomic
size than B.
Chapter 1 - Periodic Table, Periodic Properties and
Variations of Properties Exercise Intext 1
Question 1
(i) State modern periodic law.
(ii) Name the scientist who stated the law.
(iii) How many groups and periods does modern periodic
table have?
Solution 1
(i) The modern periodic law states that "The properties
of elements are the periodic functions of their atomic
number."
(ii) Henry Moseley put forward the modern periodic law.
(iii) Modern Periodic table has 7 periods and 18 groups.
Q2
elements of
group 1and elements of gp 17both have valency I1 ?
explain
Ans because they have one electron in their outermost
shell to lose to gain e-
Question 3
What are horizontal rows and vertical columns in a
periodic table known as?
Solution 3
The horizontal rows are known as periods and vertical
columns in theperiodic table are known as groups.
Question 4
Periodicity is observed due to the similar.............
(number of valence electrons/ atomic number/ electronic
configuration)
Solution 4
Periodicity is observed due to the similar electronic
configuration.
Question 5
How does electronic configuration in atoms change
(i) In a period from left to right?
(ii) In a group top to bottom?
Solution 5
(i) Though the number of shells remain the same, number
of valence electrons increases by one, as we move across
any given period from left to right.
(ii) While going from top to bottom in a group, the
number of shells increases successively i.e. one by one
but the number of valence electrons remains the same.
Question 6
Correct the statements.
(i) Elements in the same period have equal valency.
(ii) Valency depends upon the number of shells in an
atom.
(iii) Copper and zinc are representative elements.
(iv) Transition elements are placed at the extreme right
of the periodic table.
Solution 6
(i) Elements in the same group have equal valency.
(ii) Valency depends upon the number of valence
electrons in an atom.
(iii) Copper and zinc are transition elements.
(iv) Noble gases are placed at the extreme right of the
periodic table.
Question 7
Name 2 elements in each case:
(i) Alkali metals
(ii) Alkaline earth metals
(iii) Halogens
(iv) Inert gas
(v) Transition metals
(vi) Lanthanides
(vii) Actinides
Solution 7
(i) Sodium and Potassium
(ii) Calcium and Magnesium
(iii) Chlorine and Bromine
(iv) Neon and Argon
(v) Iron and Cobalt
(vi) Cerium and Europium
(vii) Uranium and Neptunium
Question 8
What do you understand by?
(i) Periodicity
(ii) Typical elements
(iii) Orbits
Solution 8
(i) The properties that reappear at regular intervals,
or in which there is a gradual variation at regular
intervals, are called periodic properties and the
phenomenon is known as the periodicity of elements.
(ii) The third-period elements, Na, Mg, Al, Si, P
and Cl summarize the properties of their respective
groups and are called typical elements.
(iii) Elements revolve around the nucleus in certain
definite circular paths called orbits or shells.
Question 9
Name 2 elements you would expect to show chemical
reactions similar to calcium. What is the basis of your
choice?
Solution 9
Beryllium and magnesium will show similar chemical
reactions as calcium. Since these elements belong to
same group 2 andalso have two electrons in their
outermost shell like calcium.
Question 10
Name the (i) metals, (ii) metalloids and (iii)
non-metals in the first twenty elements.
Solution 10
i.
Metals: Lithium, Beryllium, Sodium, Magnesium,
Aluminium, Potassium, Calcium
ii.
Metalloids: Boron, Silicon
iii.
Non-metals: Hydrogen, Helium, Carbon, Nitrogen, Oxygen,
Fluorine, Neon, Phosphorous, Sulphur, Chlorine, Argon
Question 11
Fluorine, Chlorine and Bromine are put in one group on
the basis of their similar properties.
i.
What are those similar properties?
ii.
What is the common name of this group or family?
Solution 11
(i) Properties: Non-metallic,
highest electronegativity in the respective periods,
highest ionisation potentials in the respective periods,
highest electron affinity in the respective periods
(ii) Salt-forming; hence, the common name is
halogens.
Question 12
What is the main characteristic of the last element in
each period of the Periodic Table? What is the general
name of such elements?
Solution 12
The main characteristic of the last element in each
period of the periodic table is they are inert or
chemically unreactive.
The general name of such elements is 'Noble gases'.
Question 13
According to atomic structure, what determines which
element will be the first and which will be the last in
a period?
Solution 13
According to atomic structure, the number of valence
electrons determines the first and the last element in a
period.
Question 14
How does the number of :
i. Valence electrons and
ii. Valency vary on moving from left to right in the
third period of the periodic table?
Solution 14
i. The valence electrons increase from 1 to 8 in the 3rd
period of the periodic table.
ii. On moving from left to right, the valency increases
from 1 to 4 and then decreases from 4 to 0.
Question 15
Name the type of elements, which have their
(i)Outermost shell complete
(ii)Outermost shell incomplete
(iii) Two outermost shells incomplete
(iv)One electron short of octet
(v) Two electrons in the outermost orbit.
Solution 15
(i) Noble gases
(ii) Representative elements
(iii) Transition elements
(iv) Halogens
(v) Alkaline Earth metals
Question 16
An element has 2 electrons in its N shell
(i) What is its atomic number?
(ii) State its position in periodic table
(iii) Is it metal or non-metal?
(iv) State the name assigned to this group.
Solution 16
(i) 30
(ii) It belongs to group 12 and fourth period.
(iii) It is a metal.
(iv) The name assigned to this group is IIB.
Question 17
Answer the following in respect of element 3216S.
(i)Give its electronic configuration.
(ii)To which group and period does it belong?
(iii)What is its valency?
(iv)Is it metal or non-metal?
(v)Is it a reducing agent or oxidizing agent?
(vi)Give its formula with chlorine.
Solution 17
(i) Electronic configuration of S: 2,8,6
(ii) 16th Group and 3rd Period.
(iii) Valency of S = 8 - 6 = 2
(iv) Sulphur is a non-metal.
(v) It is an oxidizing agent.
(vi) Formula with chlorine = SC
Chapter
1 Periodic Table
Periodic Properties and Variations of
Properties
Exercise Intext 2
Question 1
What do you understand by atomic size? State its unit.
Solution 1
Atomic size is the distance between the centre of the
nucleus of an atom and its outermost shell.
It's measured in Angstrom and Picometre.
Question 2
Give the trends in atomic size on moving
(i) Down the group
(ii) Across the period left to right.
Solution 2
(i) The atomic size of an atom increases when we go down
a group from top to bottom.
(ii) It decreases as we move from left to right in a
period.
Question 3
Arrange the elements of second and third period in
increasing order of their atomic size.
Solution 3
Second Period: Fluorine < Neon < Oxygen < Nitrogen <
Carbon < Boron < Beryllium < Lithium.
Third Period: Chlorine < Argon < Sulphur < Phosphorus <
Silicon < Aluminum < Magnesium < Sodium.
Question 4
Why is the size of
(i) Neon greater than fluorine
(ii) Sodium is greater than magnesium.
Solution 4
(i) The size of Neon is bigger compared to fluorine
because the outer shell of neon is complete(octet).As a
result, the effect of nuclear pull over the valence
shell electrons cannot be seen. Hence the size of Neon
is greater than fluorine.
(ii) Since atomic number of magnesium is more than
sodium but the numbers of shells are same, the nuclear
pull is more in case of Mg atom. Hence its size is
smaller than sodium.
Question 5
Which is greater in size
(i) An atom or a cation?
(ii) An atom or an anion?
(iii) Fe 2+ or Fe3+?
Solution 5
(i) An atom is always bigger than cation since cation is
formed by the loss of electrons; hence protons are more
than electrons in a cation. So the electrons are
strongly attracted by the nucleus and are pulled inward.
(ii) An anion is bigger than an atom since it is formed
by gain of electrons and so the number of electrons
are more than protons. The effective positive charge in
the nucleus is less, so less inward pull is experienced.
Hence the size expands.
(iii) Fe 2+ is bigger than Fe3+ since
Fe 2+ has more number of electrons than Fe3+ and
hence the inner pull by nucleus is less strong on it as
compared to the pull on Fe3+.
Question 6
Arrange :
i.
Be, Li, C, B, N, O, F (in increasing metallic character)
ii.
Si, Na, Al, Mg, Cl, P, S (in decreasing non-metallic
character)
Solution 6
i.
In increasing metallic character: F < O < N < C < B < Be
< Li
ii.
In decreasing non-metallic character: Cl > S > P > Si >
Al > Mg > Na
Question 7
State the trends in chemical reactivity:
(i) Across the period left to right
(ii) Down the group
Solution 7
(i) Across a period, the chemical reactivity of elements
first decreases and then increases.
(ii) Down the group, chemical reactivity increases as
the tendency to lose electrons increases down the group.
Question 8
A metal M forms an oxide having the formula M2O3.
It belongs to the third period. Write the atomic number
and valency of the metal.
Solution 8
Given: The metal belongs to the third period; there are
three shells.
The chemical formula of the compound suggests that
the valency of the metal is +3.
That means the valence electrons are 3; hence, it
belongs to the third group.
Thus, the element must have the electronic
configuration 2,
8, 3.
That means the total number of electrons is 13.
Valency = 3, Atomic number = 13
Question 9
An element X belong to 3rd period and 17th group,
state
(i) no of valence electrons in it.
(ii) name of the element.
(iii) name the family to which it belongs.
(iv) write the formula of the compound formed when it
reacts with
.
Solution 9
(i) The element from the 17th group has 7
electrons in its outermost shell.
(ii) The name of the element is chlorine.
(iii) Chlorine belongs to the halogen family.
(iv) The element has
three electrons in its outermost shell which it
can donate; hence, its valency is three. While
the valency of chlorine is 1. Thus,
which is Aluminium can donate three electrons,
and chlorine can accept 1 electron to get the stable
electronic configuration.
Therefore, the formula of the compound is AlCl3
or xy3
Question 10
The given table shows elements with same number of
electrons in its valence shell.
Elements
|
A
|
B
|
C
|
m.p
|
63.0
|
180.0
|
97.0
|
State :
(i) Whether these elements belong to same group or
period.
(ii) Arrange them in order of increasing metallic
character.
Solution 10
(i) Yes, these elements belong to the same group but are
not from the same period.
(ii) We know that m.p. decreases on going down the
group. Hence, from the above table, the elements can be
ordered according to their period as follows:
Elements
|
B
|
C
|
A
A
|
m.p.
|
180.0
|
97.0
|
63.0
|
The metallic character increases as one moves down the
group.
Hence, the order of the given elements with increasing
metallic character is as follows:
B<c<a
Question 11
Which one of the following has the largest atomic
radius?
i. Sodium
ii. Potassium
iii. Magnesium
iv. Aluminium
Solution 11
Correct option: (ii) Potassium
Question 12
Which one has the largest size?
i. Br
ii. I
iii. I-
iv. Cl
Solution 12
Correct option: (iii) I-
Question 13
The metals of group 2 from top to bottom are Be, Mg,
Ca, Sr and Ba.
i.
Which one of these elements will form ions most readily
and why?
ii.
State the common feature in their electronic
configuration.
Solution 13
(i) Barium
will form ions most readily as the outermost valence
electron which experiences the least force of
attraction by positively charged nucleus can be given
away readily to form cations.
(ii)All Group II elements have two valence electrons.
Question 14
Solution 14
Protons = 19, Neutrons = 39 - 19 = 20
Electronic configuration = 1s22s22p63s23p64s1
or2,8,8,1
Position in the periodic table = Group 1, Period 4
Protons = 15, Neutrons = 31 - 15 =16
Electronic configuration = 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p3 or
2,8,5
Position in the periodic table = Group 3, Period 3
Question 15
The electronic configuration of an element T is 2, 8,
8, 1.
i.
What is the group number of T?
ii.
What is the period number of T?
iii.
How many valence electrons are there in an atom of T?
iv.
What is the valency of T?
v.
Is it a metal or a non-metal?
Solution 15
i.
Group = 1
ii.
Period = 4
iii.
Valence electrons = 1
iv.
Valency = 1
v.
Metal
Question 16
The element barium has atomic number 56. Look up its
position in the periodic table and answer the following
questions:
(i) Is it a metal or a non-metal?
(ii) Is it more or less reactive than calcium?
(iii) What is its valency?
(iv) What will be the formula of its phosphate?
(v) Is it larger or smaller than caesium (Cs) in size?
Solution 16
(i) It belongs to group II and has 2 valence
electrons, so it is a metal.
(ii) Barium is placed below calcium in the group. Since
the reactivity increases below the group, barium is more
reactive than calcium.
(iii) It needs to lose 2 valence electrons to complete
its octet configuration, so its valency is 2.
(iv) The formula of its phosphate will be Ba3 (PO4)2.
(v) As we move from left to right in a period, the size
decreases, so it will be smaller than caesium.
Question 17
In group I of the periodic table, three elements X,Y and
Z have ionic radii 1.33
, 0.95
and 0.60
, respectively. Giving a reason, arrange them in
the order of increasing atomic numbers in the group.
Solution 17
Since the size of the atom increases down the group, the
ionic radii will also increase. Hence, the order of
increasing atomic numbers in the group is Z < Y < X.
Question 18
Explain why are the following statements are not
correct:
(i) All groups contain metal and non-metal.
(ii) Atoms of elements in the same group have same
number of electron(s).
(iii) Non-metallic character decreases across a period
with increase in atomic number.
(iv) Reactivity increases with atomic number in group as
well as in a period.
Solution 18
(i) All groups do not contain both metals and
non-metals. Group I and II contain only metals.
(ii) Atoms of elements in the same group have same
number of valence electrons. They have same number of
electrons present in their outermost shell.
(iii) The non-metallic character increases across a
period with increase in atomic number. This is because
across the period, the size of atom decreases and the
valence shell electrons are held more tightly.
(iv) On moving from left to right in a period, the
reactivity of elements first decreases and then
increases, while in groups, chemical reactivity of
metals increases going down the group whereas reactivity
of non-metals is decreases down the group.
Question 19
Match the atomic number 19,15,8,4 and 2 with each of the
following:
(i) A metal of valency one
(ii) A solid non-metal of period 3
(iii) A rare gas
(iv) A gaseous element with valency 2
(v) An element of group 2
Solution 19
(i) A metal of valency one = 19
(ii) A solid non-metal of period 3 = 15
(iii) A rare gas = 2
(iv) A gaseous element with valency 2 = 8
(v) An element of group 2 = 4
Question 20
Complete the following sentences choosing the correct
word or words from those given in brackets at the end of
each sentence:
i.
The properties of the elements are a periodic function
of their _____ (atomic number, mass number, relative
atomic mass).
ii.
Moving across a _____ of the periodic table, the
elements show increasing _____ character (group,
period, metallic, non-metallic).
iii.
The elements at the bottom of a group would be expected
to show _____ metallic character than the element at the
top (less, more).
iv.
The similarities in the properties of a group of
elements are because they have the same _____
(electronic configuration, number of outer electrons,
atomic numbers).
Solution 20
(i)The properties of the elements are a periodic
function of their atomic number.
(ii)Moving across a period of the periodic
table, the elements show increasing non-metallic character.
(iii)The elements at the bottom of a group would be
expected to show more metallic character than the
elements at the top.
(iv)The similarities in the properties of a group of
elements are because they have the same number of
outer electrons.
Question 21
Give reasons for the following:
The size of a Cl- ion is greater than the
size of a Cl atom.
Solution 21
An anion is formed by the gain of electrons. In the
chloride ion, the number of electrons is more than the
number of protons. The effective positive charge in the
nucleus is less, so the less inward pull is experienced.
Hence, the size expands.
Question ii
Give reasons for the following:
Argon atom is bigger than chlorine atom.
Solution ii
The inert gas argon is the next element after chlorine
in the third period.
In a period, the size of an atom decreases from left to
right due to an increase in nuclear charge with an
increase in the atomic number. However, the size of the
atoms of inert gases is bigger than the previous atom of
halogen in the respective period. This is because the
outer shell of inert gases is complete. They have the
maximum number of electrons in their outermost orbit;
thus, electronic repulsions are maximum. Hence, the size
of the atom of an inert gas is bigger.
Question iii
Give reasons for the following:
Ionisation potential of the element increases across a
period.
Solution iii
Ionisation potential of the element increases across a
period because the atomic size decreases due to an
increase in the nuclear charge, and thus, more energy is
required to remove the electron(s).
Question (iv)alkali metal good raducing agent
Solution iv
Because
they one e- in valece shell
Question 22
Name the element which has:
two shells, both of which are completely filled with
electrons?
Solution 22
Neon (Atomic number = 10)
Electronic configuration = 2,8
Question
Name the element which has:
the electronic configuration 2, 8, 3?
Solution
Electronic configuration = 2, 8, 3
Hence, atomic number = 13
The element having atomic number 13 is Aluminium.
Question
Name the element which has:
a total of three shells with five electrons in its
valence shell?
Solution
The element has a total of three shells; hence, the
element belongs to the third period.
Five valence electrons indicate that the element belongs
to the fifth group (VA).
Hence, the element is phosphorus.
Question
Name the element which has:
a total of four shells with two electrons in its valence
shell.
Solution
The element has a total of four shells; hence, the
element belongs to the fourth period.
Two valence electrons indicate that the element belongs
to the second group (IIA).
Hence, the element is calcium.
Question 2
Name the element which has:
twice as many electrons in its second shell as in its
first shell?
Solution
Twice as many electrons in its second shell as in its
first shell indicates electronic configuration 2,2
From the electronic configuration, the total number of
electrons is 4.
We know that
Number of electrons = Number of protons = Atomic number
The element with atomic number 4 is beryllium.
Question 23
State the number of elements in Period 1, Period 2 and
Period 3 of the periodic table. Name them.
Solution 23
Period 1:
Number of elements = 2
Hydrogen, helium
Period 2:
Number of elements = 8
Lithium, beryllium, boron, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen,
fluorine, neon
Period 3:
Number of elements = 8
Sodium, magnesium, aluminium, silicon, phosphorus,
sulphur, chlorine, argon
Question
What is the common feature of the electronic
configuration of the elements at the end of Period 2 and
Period 3?
Solution
A common feature of the electronic configuration of the
elements at the end of Period 2 and Period 3 is that the
atoms have 8 electrons in their outermost shell.
Question
If an element is in Group 17, it is likely to be ______
[metallic/non-metallic] in character, while with one
electron in its outermost energy level (shell), then it
is likely to be _______ [metallic/non-metallic].
Solution
If an element is in Group 17, it is likely to be non-metallic in
character, while with one electron in its outermost
energy level (shell), then it is likely to be metallic.
Chapter 1 - Periodic Table, Periodic Properties and
Variations of Properties Exercise Intext 3
Question 1
(a) Define the term 'ionization potential'.
(b) Represent it in the form of an equation. In which
unit it is measured?
Solution 1
(a) The energy required to remove an electron from a
neutral isolated gaseous atom amd convert it into a
positively charged gaseous ion is called Ionization
energy or ionization potential.
(b) M(g)+ I.E
M+(g)+ e-
M can be any element
It is measured in electron volts per atom. It's S.I unit
kJmol-1.
Question 2
Ionisation Potential values depend on
a. atomic size
b. nuclear pull. Explain.
Solution 2
Ionisation potential values depend on
a. Atomic size: The greater the atomic size, the lesser
the force of attraction. Electrons of the outermost
shell lie further away from the nucleus, so their
removal is easier and the ionisation energy required is
less.
b. Nuclear charge: The greater the nuclear charge,
greater is the attraction for the electrons of the
outermost shell. Therefore, the electrons in the
outermost shell are more firmly held because of which
greater energy is required to remove them.
Question 3
State the trends in ionization energy:
(a) across the period
(b) down the group
Solution 3
(a) Ionization energy increases as we move from left to
right across a period as the atomic size decreases.
(b) Ionization energy decreases down a group as the
atomic size increases.
Question 4
Name the elements with highest and lowest ionization
energies in first three periods
Solution 4
Helium has the highest ionization energy of all
the elements while Sodium has the lowest ionization
energy in first three periods.
Question 5
Arrange the elements of second and third period in
increasing order of ionization energy.
Solution 5
Second period: Lithium < Beryllium < Boron < Carbon
< Nitrogen < Oxygen < Fluorine < Neon
Third Period:Sodium < Magnesium < Aluminum < Silicon
< Phosphorus < Sulphur < Chlorine < Argon
Question 6
(a) Define the term electron affinity.
(b) Arrange the elements of second period in increasing
order of electron affinity. Name the elements which do
not follow the trend in this period.
Solution 6
(a) Electron affinity is the energy released when a
neutral gaseous atom acquires an electron to form an
anion. Unit kj/mol
(b) Second period: Lithium < Boron < Carbon < Oxygen <
Fluorine
Neon, Nitrogen and Beryllium do not follow the trend.
Question 7
Electron affinity values generally ----- across the
period left to right and ------down the group top to
bottom.
Solution 7
Electron affinity values generally increase across the
period left to right and decrease down the group
top to bottom.
Question 8
Define the term 'Electronegativity'. State its unit.
Solution 8
Electronegativity is the tendency of an atom in a
molecule to attract the shared pair of electrons towards
itself.
Electronegativity is a dimensionless property; hence, it
has no unit.
Question
Among the elements given below, the element with
least electronegativity is
(i) Lithium, (ii) Boron, (iii) Carbon, (iv) Fluorine
Solution
Correct option - (i).
The element with least electronegativity is lithium.
Question 9
Explain the following :
(a) Group 17 elements are strong non-metals, while group
I elements are strong metals.
(b) Metallic character of elements decreases from left
to right in a period while it increases in moving down a
group.
(c) Halogens have a high electron affinity.
(d) The reducing power of element increases down in the
group while decreases in a period.
(e) Size of atoms progressively becomes smaller when we
move from sodium (Na) to chlorine (Cl) in the third
period of the periodic Table.
Solution 9
(a) On moving across a period, nuclear pull increases
because of the increase in atomic number, and thus, the
atomic size decreases. Hence, elements cannot lose
electrons easily. Hence, Group 17 elements are strong
non-metals, while Group 1 elements are strong metals.
(b) On moving across a period, nuclear pull increases
because of the increase in atomic number, and thus, the
atomic size decreases. Hence, elements cannot lose
electrons easily. Hence, Group 17 elements are strong
non-metals, while Group 1 elements are strong metals.
Down a group, the atomic size increases and the nuclear
charge also increases. The effect of an increased atomic
size is greater as compared to the increased nuclear
charge. Therefore, metallic nature increases as one
moves down a group, i.e. they can lose electrons easily.
(c) The atomic size of halogens is very small. The
smaller the atomic size, the greater the electron
affinity, because the effective attractive force between
the nucleus and the valence electrons is greater in
smaller atoms, and so the electrons are held firmly.
(d) The reducing property depends on
the ionisation potential and electron affinity of the
elements. In a period, from left to right in a
horizontal row of the periodic table, the atomic size
decreases and the nuclear charge increases, so the
electron affinity and ionisation energy both increase.
Hence, the tendency to lose electrons decreases across
the period from left to right and thus the reducing
property also decreases across the period from left to
right.
The electron affinity and ionisation potential decrease
along the group from top to bottom. Hence, the tendency
to lose electrons increases, and thus, the reducing
property also increases along the group from top to
bottom.
(e) In a period, the size of an atom decreases from left
to right. This is because the nuclear charge, i.e. the
atomic number increases from left to right in the same
period, thereby bringing the outermost shell closer to
the nucleus. Therefore, considering the third period
given above, it has been found that sodium is the
largest in size, while chlorine is the smallest.
Question10
Name the periodic property which relates tothe
(i) Amount of energy required to remove an electron from
an isolated gaseous atom.
(ii) Character of element which loses one or more
electrons when supplied with energy.
(iii) Tendency of an atom to attract the shared pair of
electrons.
Solution 10
(i) Ionization energy
(ii) Metallic character
(iii) Electronegativity
Question 11
This question refers to the elements of the periodic
table with atomic numbers from 3 to 18. Some of the
elements are shown by letters, but the letters are not
the usual symbols of the elements.
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A B C D E F G H
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
I J K L M N O P
Which of these
a.
are the most electronegative element
b.
is a halogen
c.
is an alkali metal
d.
is an element with valency 4
e.
have least ionisation energy
f.
have least atomic size in Period 3
Solution 11
(a) G (due to the smallest atomic size). (b) G and O
as both have outermost electronic configuration
5 (c) A and I as both have outermost
electronic configuration ns1. (d) D (2,4)
(e) I as alkali metals have least ionisation energy.
Also, ionisation energy decreases with an increase in
the atomic size that decreases on moving
down the group.
(f) O, as halogens have the least atomic size.
Question 12
A group of elements in the Periodic Table are given
below (boron is the first member of the group and
thallium is the last).
Boron, Aluminium, Gallium, Indium, Thallium
Answer the following questions in relation to the above
group of elements:
(a) Which element has the most metallic character?
(b) Which element would be expected to have the highest
electronegativity?
(c) If the electronic configuration of aluminium is
2,8,3, how many electrons are there in the outer shell
of thallium?
(d) The atomic number of boron is 5. Write the chemical
formula of the compound formed when boron reacts with
chlorine.
(e) Will the elements in the group to the right of this
boron group be more metallic or less metallic in
character? Justify your answer.
Solution 12
(a) Thallium. Because the metallic character increases
down the group, thallium will have the most metallic
character.
(b) Boron. Electronegativity decreases down the group as
the size increases; hence, boron will be the most
electronegative atom.
(c) Three. The number of electrons present in the
valence shell is the same for each group. Hence, all
these elements and thallium will have 3 valence
electrons.
(d) BCl3
(e) Since metallic character decreases from left to
right and non-metallic character increases from left to
right, elements in the group to the right of this boron
group will be less metallic in character.
HOME
Click
Here.......Class X Punjabi
Click
Here.......Class X Other Subjects
HOME
|